Loading...
FIR2020-0087+Fire_Sprinkler_Equipment_Specification_Sheets+10.19.2020_4.25.44_PMFM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, C-UL and FM Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) • NFPA 13 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot -dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. PROJECT: SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT in. mm in. mm in. mm Ibs./ft. kg/m 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 11/z 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category WZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS UL CRR* 7.3 5.8 4.7 3.5 2.6 1.6 1.5 1.0 2.1 PIECES Lift 61 61 37 30 19 19 13 10 7 NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm in. mm in. mm Ibs./ft. kg/m CRR* Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 1% 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category V/ZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). UL C UL F M APPROVED CONTRACTOR: DATE: ENGINEER: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED 4tWheatland Tube JMC STEEL GROUP SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3201 90' Elbow FIGURE 3201 900 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 11/4 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 1 /2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 1 3450 57.15 1 0.84 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 -us <S> STED APPROVED Approval Details and Limitations, vebsite at www.anvlllntlxom or n Anvi10 Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGSNvi FIG. 3202 45' Elbow Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.12 0.46 25 3450 28.44 0.21 1l/4 500 1.29 0.73 32 3450 32.76 0.33 ll/2 500 1.43 0.92 40 3450 36.32 0.42 2 500 1.68 1.50 50 1 3450 1 42.67 1 0.68 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, t our website at www.anvlllntlxom or itact an Anvi10 Sales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3201R Reducing 90' Elbow 2 1 1x2 FIGURE 3201R - REDUCING I 0 ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working Pressured Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A g In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25 x 20 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 1 t/4 x I/2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 11/4 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32 x 20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 11/4 x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 1 I/2 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50 x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 20 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x 11/2 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 1 3450 1 51.30 1 54.86 1 0.75 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 /UR us <S> ISTED APPROVED /Approval Details and Limitations, website at www.anvilintl.com or in Anvil", Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/131I-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE IREDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressured A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x l/z x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25 x 15 x 25 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25 x 20 x 25 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x l/2 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 1 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 250500 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 x 1 x 1 t/4* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25 x 25 x 32 3450 42.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 x 1 x 1 t/z* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 1 l'A x 1 x t/z* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32 x 25 x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1 t/4 X 1 X 3/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32 x 25 x 20 3450 36.83 34.80 41.15 0.41 1l/4 x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 1l/4 x 1 x 1 l/4 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 x 25 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 1l/4 x 1 x 1l/2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 1 l/4 x 1 l'A x l/2 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32 x 32 x 15 3450 1 34.04 34.04 38.86 1 0.39 Dimensions: ASME B16.3 LISTED APPROVED Itings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintlxom or tact an Anvils Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working PressureA Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 A 7 B PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 t/4 X 1l/4 X 3/4 32 x 32 x 20 500 3450 1.45 1 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41.15 0.92 0.42 1l/4 x 1l/4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 1 l/4 x 1 l'A x 1 t/z* 32 x 32 x 40 500 3450 1.88 47.75 1.88 1 47.75 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee T ' 2 B' ' 3 T ' A 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressured A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/4 x 11/4 x 2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 32 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 x 1 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40 x 25 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.43 1 V2 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 40 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 x 1 x 1 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 1 /2 x 1 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 40 x 25 x 32 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 11/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40 x 25 x 40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 1 '/2 xl b x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40 x 32 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 11/2 xl'A x 3/4 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 40 x 32 x 20 3450 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.5 1 /2 x 1 /4 x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40 x 32 x 25 3450 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.57 1/2x1/4x2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 P/2x1/2XV2 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40 x 40 x 15 3450 35.81 35.81 29.46 0.52 1 '/2 X 1 �/2 X 3/4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40 x 40 x 20 3450 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.56 1'/2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40 x 40 x 25 3450 41.91 41.91 45.12 0.59 11/2 x 11/2 x 1 �/4 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40 x 40 x 32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressured A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/2 x 11/2 x 2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50 x 25 x 50 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 x 1'/4 x 2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50 x 32 x 50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2 x 11/2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50 x 40 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 11/2 X 1/4 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50 x 40 x 20 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50 x 40 x 25 3450 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.74 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50 x 40 x 32 3450 48.76 46.23 53.34 0.82 2 x 11/2 x 11/2 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50 x 40 x 40 3450 51.31 49.28 54.86 0.91 2 x 11/2 x 2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50 x 40 x 50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2 x 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50 x 50 x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 50 x 50 x 20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50 x 50 x 25 3450 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.84 2 x 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2x2x1/2 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50 x 50 x 40 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.99 ♦ Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205 Straight Tee A I I I I I STRAIGHT Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressurek In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 1 A 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 1 /z 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 1 3450 1 57.15 1 1.11 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 LISTED APPROVED tings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintlxom or act an Anvil• Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3221 Coupling I I I I FIGURE 3221 - COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.67 0.40 25 3450 42.42 0.18 11/4 500 1.93 0.57 32 3450 49.02 0.26 11/2 500 2.15 0.75 40 3450 54.61 0.34 2 500 2.53 1.15 50 1 3450 1 64.26 1 0.52 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvlllntlxom or contact an Anvi10 Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3221R Reducing Coupling Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.69 0.39 25 x 15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 x 3/4 500 1.69 0.53 25 x 20 3450 42.92 0.24 1 l/4 x 3/4 500 2.06 0.64 32 x 20 1 3450 1 52.32 1 0.29 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilind.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvlllntlxom or contact an Anvi10 Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-5.19 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3283 Bushings F_t �B IA M- Inside Head C � F- I� B I �A M- Outside Head FIGURE 3283 - BUSHINGS Nominal Size Max. Working Pressured Dimensions Style Approx. Wt. Each Male (M) x Female (F) A g ( In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) L6s. (kg) 1 x I/2 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.22 25 x 15 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.10 1 x 3/a 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.17 25 x 20 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.08 11/a x 1 500 0.80 0.28 1.76 Outside 0.28 32 x 25 3450 20.32 7.11 44.70 0.13 11/2 x 1 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.45 40 x 25 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.20 11/2 x 11/a 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.30 40 x 32 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.14 2 x 1 500 0.88 0.41 1.95 Inside 0.67 50 x 25 3450 22.35 10.414 49.53 0.30 2 x 11/a 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.73 50 x 3 1 3450 1 22.35 1 8.636 1 62.99 1 1 0.33 2 x 11/2 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.61 50 x 40 3450 22.35 8.636 62.99 0.28 - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 LISTED APPROVED Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, iisit our website at www.anvilintl.com or lontact an Anvil" Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3224 Cap A FIGURE 3224 - CAP Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 1l/4 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.51 0.20 ll/2 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 1 3450 1 36.83 1 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvlllntlxom or contact an Anvi10 Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3388 Cored Plug FIGURE 3388 - CORED PLUG Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) /z* 500 0.94 0.10 15 3450 23.87 0.05 3/4 500 1.07 0.17 20 3450 27.17 0.08 1 500 1.25 0.28 25 3450 31.75 0.13 1l/4 500 1.36 0.44 32 3450 34.54 0.20 1l/2 500 1.45 0.62 40 3450 36.83 0.28 2 500 1.56 0.91 50 3450 39.62 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as Solid Plug. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 C UL us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintlxom or contact an Anvil• Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. Pressure - Temperature Ratings in accordance with ASME B16.3 Class 150 NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-5.16 GRUVLOK FITTINGS FOR GROOVED -END PIPE Gruvlok fittings are available through 24" nominal pipe size in a variety of styles. Use the Fitting Size Table to convert nominal pipe size to corresponding pipe O.D. These fittings are designed to provide minimum pressure drop and uniform strength. Depending on styles and size, Gruvlok fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, forged steel or fabricated steel. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok standard fittings conform to those of Fig. 7001 Gruvlok coupling. Not for use in copper systems. FLOW DATA (EXPRESSED - FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) Nom. Pipe Wall Elbow Tee Size 0'D' Thickness go. 45° Branch Run In./DN(mm) In./mm In./min Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m Ft./m 1 1.315 0.133 1.7 0.9 4.4 1.7 25 33.4 3.4 0.5 0.3 1.3 0.5 11/4 1.660 0.140 2.3 1.2 5.8 2.3 32 1 42.2 3.6 1 0.7 0.4 1 1.8 0.7 11/2 1.900 0.145 2.7 1.3 6.7 2.7 40 48.3 3.7 0.8 0.4 2.0 0.8 2 2.375 0.154 3.4 1.7 8.6 3.4 50 60.3 3.9 1.0 0.5 2.6 1.0 21/2 2.875 0.203 4.1 2.1 10.3 4.1 65 73.0 5.2 1.2 0.6 3.1 1.2 3 O.D. 2.996 0.197 4.3 2.2 10.8 4.3 76.1 1 76.1 5.0 1 1.3 0.7 1 3.3 1.3 3 3.500 0.216 1 5.1 2.6 12.8 5.1 80 88.9 5.5 1.6 0.8 3.9 1.6 4/40.D. 4.250 0.220 6.4 3.2 16.1 6.4 108.0 108.0 5.6 2.0 1.0 4.9 2.0 4 4.500 0.237 6.7 3.4 16.8 6.7 100 114.3 6.0 2.0 1.0 5.1 2.0 5/40.D. 5.236 0.248 8.0 4.0 20.1 8.0 133.0 1 133.0 6.3 2.4 1.2 1 6.1 2.4 5/z O.D. 5.500 0.248 8.3 4.2 20.9 8.3 139.7 139.7 6.3 2.5 1.3 6.4 2.5 5 5.563 0.258 8.4 4.2 21.0 8.4 125 141.3 6.6 1 2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 6/40.D. 6.259 0.280 9.7 4.9 24.3 9.7 159.0 159.0 7.1 3.0 1.5 7.4 3.0 6/z O.D. 6.500 0.280 10.0 5.0 24.9 10.0 165.1 165.1 7.1 3.0 1.5 1 7.6 3.0 6 6.625 0.280 10.1 5.1 25.3 10.1 150 168.3 7.1 3.1 1.6 7.7 3.1 8 8.625 0.322 13.3 6.7 33.3 13.3 200 219.1 8.2 1 4.1 2.0 10.1 4.1 10 10.750 0.365 16.7 8.4 41.8 16.7 250 1 273.1 9.3 5.1 2.6 12.7 1 5.1 12 12.750 0.375 20.0 10.0 50.0 20.0 300 323.9 9.5 6.1 3.0 15.2 6.1 14 14.000 0.375 22.2 17.7 64.2 22.9 350 355.6 9.5 6.8 5.4 19.6 7.0 16 16.000 0.375 25.5 20.4 73.9 26.4 400 406.4 9.5 7.8 6.2 22.5 8.0 18 18.000 0.375 28.9 23.1 87.2 31.1 450 1 457.2 9.5 8.8 7.0 1 26.6 9.5 20 20.000 0.375 32.2 25.7 97.3 34.8 500 508.0 9.5 9.8 7.8 29.7 10.6 24 24.000 0.375 38.9 31.1 113.0 40.4 600 609.6 9.5 11.9 9.5 34.4 12.3 For the reducing tee and branches, use the value that is corresponding to the branch size. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee, the branch value of 3" is 12.8 ft (3.9). NSF/ANSI 61 UPC C Galvanized Gruvlok Fittings are NSF-61 and Low Lead Approved MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 0 CAST FITTINGS: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 Malleable iron conforming to ASTM A 47 FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1-12" Carbon steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A 53, Grade B 14-24' Carbon steel, 0.375 wall, conforming to ASTM A 53, Grade B COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint - Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A 153 (optional) Other Colors Available (IE: RAL3000 and RAL9000) Nominal FITTING O.D. SIZE Nominal O.D. SizeSize In./DN(mm) In./mm In./DN(mm) In./mm 1 1.315 5 5.563 25 33.4 140 141.3 11/4 1.660 6/4 O.D. 6.259 32 1 42.4 1 159.0 1 159.0 11/2 1.900 6/2 O.D. 6.500 40 48.3 165.1 165.1 2 2.375 6 6.625 50 60.3 150 168.3 2Y2 2.875 8 8.625 65 73.0 200 219.1 3 O.D. 2.996 10 10.750 76.1 76.1 250 273.0 3 3.500 12 12.750 80 1 88.9 1 300 323.9 31/2 4.000 14 14.000 90 101.6 350 355.6 4/4 O.D. 4.250 16 16.000 108.0 108.0 400 406.4 4 4.500 18 18.000 100 114.3 450 457.2 5/40.D. 5.236 20 20.000 133.0 133.0 500 508.0 5'/2 O.D. 5.500 24 24.000 139.7 1 139.7 600 609.6 The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.D. of the pipe that the fittings is to be used with. Gruvlok Fittings are identified by either the Nominal size in inches or the Pipe O.D. in/mm. ANVIL GL-8.14 LOK FIG. 7050 90' Elbow* C to E I O.D. i I; FIGURE 90'ELBOW* • • Nominal O.D.enter Approx. Sizeto End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mint Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 21/4 C 0.6 25 33.4 57 0.3 1 t/4 1.660 2% C 1.0 32 1 42.2 70 0.5 1 t/2 1.900 2% C 1.2 40 48.3 70 0.5 2 2.375 3Y4 C 1.7 50 60.3 83 0.8 21/2 2.875 3% C 2.6 65 73.0 95 1.2 3 O.D. 2.996 4 C 3.6 76.1 76.1 102 1.6 3 3.500 41/4 C 4.0 80 88.9 108 1.8 31/2 4.000 41/2 C 5.5 90 101.6 114 2.5 4Y4 O.D. 4.250 4% C 7.7 108.0 108.0 121 3.5 4 4.500 5 C 7.7 100 114.3 127 3.5 51/4 O.D. 5.236 5Y4 C 10.4 133.0 133.0 133 4.7 51/2 O.D. 5.500 51/4 C 10.9 139.7 139.7 133 4.9 5 5.563 5Y2 C 11.1 125 141.3 140 5.0 61/4 O.D. 6.259 6 C 15.2 159.0 159.0 152 6.9 61/2 O.D. 6.500 6/22 C 17.4 165.1 165.1 165 7.9 6 6.625 6Y2 C 16.5 150 168.3 165 7.5 8 8.625 7% C 30.6 200 219.1 197 13.9 10 10.750 9 C 53.5 250 273.1 229 24.3 12 12.750 10 C 82 300 323.9 254 37.2 14* 14.000 21 169.0 350 355.6 533 76.7 16* 16.000 24 222.0 400 406.4 610 100.7 18* 18.000 27 280.0 450 457.2 686 127.0 20* 20.000 30 344.0 500 508.0 762 156.0 24* 24.000 36 490.0 600 609.6 914 222.3 FIG. 7051 45' Elbow* C to E O.D FIGURE 7051 :• Nominal O.D. Center Approx. Sizeto End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./min In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 1%C 0.5 25 33.4 44 0.2 1'/4 1.660 1 % C 0.7 32 1 42.2 44 0.3 1'/2 1.900 1 % C 0.9 40 48.3 44 0.4 2 2.375 2 C 1.5 50 60.3 51 0.7 2'/2 2.875 21/4 C 1.9 65 73.0 57 0.9 3 O.D. 2.996 2Y2 C 2.2 76.1 76.1 64 1.0 3 3.500 2Y2 C 3.3 80 88.9 64 1.5 3Y2 4.000 2% C 4.3 90 101.6 70 2.0 41/4 O.D. 4.250 27/s C 4.4 108.0 108.0 83 2.0 4 4.500 3 C 5.4 100 114.3 76 2.4 51/4 O.D. 5.236 3Y4 C 7.3 133.0 133.0 83 3.3 5'/2 O.D. 5.500 3Y4 C 7.8 139.7 139.7 83 3.5 5 5.563 3Y4 C 9.0 125 141.3 83 4.1 6t/4 O.D. 6.259 3Y2 C 10.1 159.0 159.0 89 4.6 6t/2 O.D. 6.500 3Y2 C 11.1 165.1 165.1 89 5.0 6 6.625 31/2 C 11.2 150 168.3 89 5.1 8 8.625 4Y4 C 19.8 200 219.1 108 9.0 10 10.750 4% C 34.3 250 273.1 121 15.6 12 12.750 5Y4 C 50.0 300 323.9 133 22.7 14* 14.000 83/4 92.0 350 355.6 222 41.7 16* 16.000 10 117.0 400 406.4 254 53.1 18* 18.000 11 t/4 146.0 450 457.2 286 66.2 20* 20.000 12'/2 179.0 500 508.0 317 81.2 24* 24.000 15 255.0 600 609.6 381 115.7 C - Cast ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90' & 45' Elbows are 1'/2 Long Radius. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart, contact an Anvil Representative for more information. FIG. 7052 22 1/2' Elbow �� o.D. C tc ECIO E �� O ; I I. I Cast Fabricated FIGURE 70S2 :• Nominal 0 D. Center Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 31/4 0.5 25 33.4 83 0.2 1 t/4 1.660 1 % 0.7 32 1 42.2 44 0.3 1 t/2 1.900 1 % 0.8 40 48.3 44 0.4 2 2.375 17/8 C 1.5 50 60.3 48 0.7 21/2 2.875 2 1.9 65 73.0 51 0.9 3 3.500 21/4 C 3.2 80 88.9 57 1.5 31/2 4.000 2Y2 4.0 90 101.6 64 1.8 4 4.500 2% C 5.3 100 114.3 67 2.4 5 5.563 27/8 7.2 125 141.3 73 3.3 6 6.625 3'/8 C 8.2 150 168.3 79 3.7 8 8.625 37/8 C 17.8 200 219.1 98 8.1 10 10.750 4% 30.0 250 273.1 111 13.6 12 12.750 47/8 40.4 300 323.9 124 18.3 14 14.000 5 46.0 350 355.6 127 20.9 16 16.000 5 52.2 400 406.4 127 23.7 18 18.000 5Y2 65.0 450 457.2 140 29.5 20 20.000 6 80.0 500 508.0 152 36.3 24 24.000 7 112.0 600 609.6 178 50.8 C u� us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. GL-9.15 Z ANVIL LOK FIG. 7060 Tee C to E I � - - - ------ O.D. I I � C to E Cast Cto, E W! CtoE Fabricated FIGURE 0.0 TEE Nominal O.D. Center Approx. Sizeto End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 2'/4 C 0.9 25 33.4 57 0.4 1'/4 1.660 23/4 C 1.5 32 42.2 70 0.7 1'/2 1.900 23/4 C 1.8 40 48.3 70 0.8 2 2.375 31/4 C 2.4 50 60.3 83 1.1 2'/2 2.875 33/4 C 4.0 65 73.0 95 1.8 3 O.D. 2.996 4 C 4.6 76.1 76.1 101 2.1 3 3.500 41/4 C 5.8 80 88.9 108 2.6 3'/2 4.000 41/2 C 9.8 90 101.6 114 4.4 41/4O.D. 4.250 4%C 9.3 108.0 108.0 121 4.2 4 4.500 5 C 10.3 100 114.3 127 4.7 5Ya O.D. 5.236 5Ya C 14.1 133.0 133.0 133 6.4 5Y2 O.D. 5.500 5Y2 C 16.1 139.7 139.7 140 7.3 5 5.563 5Y2 C 16.2 125 141.3 140 7.3 6Y<O.D. 6.259 6C 20.8 159.0 159.0 152 9.4 6Y2 O.D. 6.500 6Y2 C 24.4 165.1 165.1 165 11.1 6 6.625 6Y2 C 25.7 150 168.3 165 11.7 8 8.625 73/4 C 41.1 200 219.1 197 18.6 10 10.750 9 C 74.5 250 273.1 229 33.8 12 12.750 10 C 94.7 300 323.9 254 43.0 14 14.000 11 118.0 350 1 355.6 279 53.5 16 16.000 12 146.0 400 406.4 305 66.2 18 18.000 15'/2 218.0 450 457.2 394 98.9 20 20.000 171/4 275.0 500 508.0 438 125 24 24.000 20 379.0 600 609.6 508 172 C - Cast ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel. C UL uS FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilind.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. FIG. 7061 Reducing Tee Standard C to E f C to E j Cast }---�---- - O.D. I i i C to E C to E Fabricated FIGURE 7061 STANDARD REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center Approx. Nominal Size Center Approx. Nominal Size Center Approx. to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea. to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg 11/4x11/4x1 23/4 1.5 5x5x2 5'/2 14 10x10x8 9 64.7 32 x 32 x 25 70 0.7 125 x 125 x 50 140 6.4 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.3 11/2x1'/2x1 2% 1.8 5x5x2'/2 51/2 14.3 12x12x4 10 75.1 40 x 40 x 25 70 0.8 125 x 125 x 65 140 6.5 300 x 300 x 100 254 34.1 11/2x1'/2x1'/4 2% 1.8 5x5x3 5Y2 14.6 12x12x5 10 75.6 40 x 40 x 32 70 0.8 125 x 125 x 80 140 6.6 300 x 300 x 125 254 34.3 2x2x1 3'/4C 2.6 5x5x4 51/2C 17.9 12x12x6 10 76.2 50 x 50 x 25 83 1.2 125 x 125 x 100 140 8.1 300 x 300 x 150 254 34.6 2x2x11/4 3Y4 1.7 6x6x1 61/2 20.5 12x12x8 10 76.3 50 x 50 x 32 83 0.8 150 x 150 x 25 165 9.3 300 x 300 x 200 254 34.6 2x2x11/2 3'/4C 2.7 6x6x11/4 6Y2 20.7 12x12x10 10 77.6 50 x 50 x 40 83 1.2 150 x 150 x 32 165 9.4 300 x 300 x 250 254 35.2 21/2x2'/2x1 3% 4.1 6x6x1'/2 6Y2 21.0 14x14x6 11 101 65 x 65 x 25 95 1.9 150 x 150 x 40 165 9.5 350 x 350 x 150 279 45.8 21/2x21/2x1'/4 3% 4.2 6x6x2 61/2C 26.4 14x14x8 11 103 65 x 65 x 32 95 1.9 150 x 150 x 50 165 12.0 350 x 350 x 200 279 46.7 21/2x2'/2x1'/2 3% 4.3 6x6x2'/2 61/2C 26.5 14x14x10 11 104 65 x 65 x 40 95 2.0 150 x 150 x 65 165 12.0 350 x 350 x 250 279 47.2 21/2x2'/2x2 3% 4.4 6x6x3 61/2C 26.5 14x14x12 11 105 65 x 65 x 50 95 2.0 150 x 150 x 80 165 12.0 350 x 350 x 300 279 47.6 3x3x1 4'/4C 7.0 6x6x4 61/2C 26.5 16x16x10 12 129 80 x 80 x 25 108 3.2 150 x 150 x 100 165 12.0 400 x 400 x 250 305 58.5 3x3x11/4 4Y4 5.8 6x6x5 61/2C 28.0 16x16x12 12 130 80 x 80 x 32 108 2.6 150 x 150 x 125 165 12.7 400 x 400 x 300 305 59.0 3x3x11/2 4Y4 5.9 8x8x2 7% 32.7 16x16x14 12 132 80 x 80 x 40 108 2.7 200 x 200 x 50 197 14.8 400 x 400 x 350 305 59.9 3x3x2 4'/4C 5.5 8x8x21/2 7% 33.0 18x18x10 151/2 194 80 x 80 x 50 108 2.5 200 x 200 x 65 197 15.0 450 x 450 x 250 1 394 88.0 3x3x21/2 4Y4 6.3 8x8x3 7% 33.5 18x18x12 151/2 196 80 x 80 x 65 108 2.9 200 x 200 x 80 197 15.2 450 x 450 x 300 394 88.9 4x4x1 3% 7.0 8x8x4 7%C 50.0 18x18x14 151/2 201 100 x 100 x 25 95 3.2 200 x 200 x 100 197 22.7 450 x 450 x 350 394 91.2 4x4x11/4 5 9.6 8x8x5 7% 34.7 18x18x16 151/2 203 100 x 10002 32 127 4.4 200 x 200 x 125 197 15.7 450 x 450 x 400 394 92.1 4x4x11/2 5 10.2 8x8x6 7%C 54.0 20x20x12 171/4 246 100 x 100 x 40 127 4.6 1 200 x 200 x 150 197 24.5 500 x 500 x 300 1 438 111.6 4x4x2 5C 10.2 10x10x2 9 52.2 20x20x14 171/4 248 100 x 100 x 50 127 4.6 250 x 250 x 50 229 23.7 500 x 500 x 350 438 112.5 4x4x21/2 5C 11.2 10x10x2'/2 9 52.6 20x20x16 171/4 250 100 x 100 x 65 127 5.1 250 x 250 x 65 229 23.9 500 x 500 x 400 438 113.4 4x4x3 5C 11.4 10x10x3 9 53.0 20x20x18 171/4 252 100 x 100 x 80 127 5.2 250 x 250 x 80 229 24.0 500 x 500 x 450 438 114.3 5x5x1 5Y2 13.6 10x10x4 9 53.6 24x24x16 20 342 125 x 125 x 25 140 6.2 250 x 250 x 100 229 24.3 600 x 600 x 400 508 155.1 5x5x11/4 5Y2 13.7 10x10x5 9 54.2 24x24x18 20 345 125 x 125 x 32 140 6.2 250 x 250 x 125 229 24.6 600 x 600 x 450 508 156.5 5x5x11/2 5Y2 13.8 10x10x6 9 55.0 24x24x20 20 347 125 x 125 x 40 140 6.3 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.9 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.4 Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart, contact an Anvil Representative for more information. See Fitting Size chart on page 61 for O.D. GL-9.15 Z ANVIL LOK FIG. 7000 Lightweight Flexible Coupling UL N.Vus FM LISTED APPROVED 7srApproval Details and Limitations, r website at www.anvilintl.com or I an Anvils Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS BOLTS: SAE J429, Grade 5, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-1 Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip HEAVY HEX NUTS: ASTM A563, Grade A, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-2, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS & NUTS: 304SS bolts and nuts are available as a standard option. (316SS are available for special order). HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint — Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other Colors Available (IE: RAL3000 and RAL9000) For other Coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D 2000 Grade "EP" EPDM (Green and Red color code) -40°F to 250T (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 121°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. For hot water applications the use of Gruvlok Extreme Temperature lubricant is recommended. NSF-61 Certified for cold and hot water applications up through 12". The Fig. 7000 Lightweight Flexible Coupling is designed for applications where system flexibility is desired. The Fig. 7000 Coupling is approximately 30% lighter in weight than the Fig. 7001 Coupling, and allows for working pressure ratings up to 600 psi (41.4 bar). The Figure 7000 Lightweight Flexible Coupling is intended for use in several applications. See Gasket Grade Index for gasket recommendations. See technical data section for design factors. M Grade "T" Nitrile (Orange color code) 20°F to 180T (Service Temperature Range)(-29°C to 82°C) Recommended for petroleum applications. air with oil vapors and vegetable and mineral oils. NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER OR HOT AIR Grade "O" Fluoro-Elastomer (Blue color code) Size Range: I" - 8" (C style only) -20°F to 300°F (Service Temperature Range)(-29°C to 149°C) Recommended for high temperature resistance to oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, hydraulic fluids, halogenated hydrocarbons and lubricants. Grade " L" Silicone (Red color code) Size Range: I" - 8" (C style only) -40°F to 350°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 177°C) Recommended for dry, hot air and some high temperature chemical services. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style (1" - 8") Flush Gap (1" - 8") LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeT" (Do Not use with Grade T') GL-7.16 0Z ANVIL �LOii,. �L FIG. 7000 Lightweight Flexible Coupling FIGURE .., COUPLING Nominal Max. Max. End Range of Deflection from Q Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § Approx. Size O.D. Working Pressuret Load Pipe End Separation Wt. Ea. Per Coupling of Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. I Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees0-Minutes(') In./ft-mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 600 815 0-'/32 1' 22' 0.29 2% 41/4 1 % 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.3 25 33.4 41.4 3.62 0-0.79 23.8 60 108 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 11/4 1.660 600 1,299 0-Ys2 10 5' 0.23 2% 4% 1 % 2 % x 2Y4 30 45 1.4 32 42.2 41.4 5.78 0-0.79 18.8 70 111 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 11/2 1.900 600 1,701 0-%2 0° 57' 0.20 3 4% 1 % 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.5 40 48.3 41.4 7.57 0-0.79 16.5 76 117 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7 2 2.375 600 2,658 01/32 0' 45' 0.16 31/2 51/2 1% 2 %x2Y4 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 41.4 11.82 0-0.79 13.1 89 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 21/2 2.875 600 3,895 0 '/32 0° 37' 0.13 4 5% 1 % 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 41.4 17.33 0-0.79 10.9 102 146 44 M10 x 57 40 60 3 O.D. 2.996 600 4,230 0-'/32 0' 36' 0.13 4 6% 13/4 2 %x 2Y4 30 45 76.1 76.1 41.4 18.82 0-0.79 10.4 102 156 44 M10 x 57 40 60 1.0 3 3.500 600 5,773 0-'/s2 0° 31' 0.11 4% 6% 1'/4 2 1/2 x 2% 80 100 2.9 80 88.9 41.4 25.68 0-0.79 8.9 1 171 44 M12 x 70 110 150 1.3 31/2 4.000 600 7,540 0-Ys2 0° 27' 0.09 5Y3 7% 1% 2 Y2 x 3 80 100 3.1 90 101.6 41.4 33.54 0-0.79 7.8 130 194 44 M12 x 76 110 150 1.4 4'/4 O.D. 4.250 600 8,512 0-'/32 10 16' 0.26 5Y2 7%, 2 2 /2 x 3 80 100 4.0 108.0 108.0 41.4 37.86 0-2.38 22.0 140 197 51 M12 x 76 110 150 1.8 4 4.500 600 9,543 0-%2 1' 12' 0.25 5'/6 8'/8 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 4.6 100 114.3 41.4 42.45 0-2.38 20.8 149 206 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1 51/4 O.D. 5.236 500 10,766 0 %2 1- 2' 0.21 6'/2 a'/ 2 2 /e x 3'/z 100 130 5.7 133.0 133.0 34.5 47.89 0-2.38 17.9 165 232 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.6 5Y2 O.D. 5.500 500 11,879 0 %2 0° 59' 0.20 b 9 A 2 2 /a x 3Y2 100 130 6 139.7 139.7 34.5 52.84 0-2.38 17.0 171 238 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.7 5 5.563 500 12,153 0-%2 0° 58' 0.20 7 9% 2 2 %x 31/2 100 130 6.1 125 141.3 34.5 54.06 0-2.38 16.8 178 244 51 M16 x 85 135 175 2.8 6'/4 O.D. 6.259 500 15,384 0 %2 0° 51' 0.18 71/2 10% 2 2 6%x 3'/2 100 130 6.7 159.0 159.0 34.5 68.43 0-2.38 14.9 191 264 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.0 6'/2 O.D. 6.500 500 16,592 0-%2 00 50' 0.17 7% 10'/4 2 2 % x 3Y2 100 130 7.0 165.1 165.1 34.5 73.80 0-2.38 13.1 197 273 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.2 6 6.625 500 17,236 0-%2 0° 49' 0.17 8 11 2 2 %x 3Y2 100 130 8.1 0 168.3 34.5 76.67 0-2.38 14.1 203 279 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.7 8 8.625 500 29,213 0-%2 0° 37' 0.13 101/2 1213/16 21/2 2 % x 41/2 130 180 14.2 200 219.1 34.5 129.95 0-2.38 10.9 264 337 60 M20 x 110 175 245 6.4 NOTES: iFor additional details see "Coupling Data Chart Notes" on page 17. Range of Pipe End Separation and Angular Deflection values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. See page 222 for details. § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 222. Refer to page 228 for Misalignment & Deflection Calculations and page 229 for Curve Layout Calculations. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 191. t Maximum Working Pressure Rating is for schedule 40 steel pipe. For light wall, stainless steel, aluminum and ISO pipe pressure ratings, please refer to Not for use in copper systems. the technical data section. Z ANVIL GL-9.15 LOK FIG. 7400 Rigidlite° Coupling E S DN 50 and DN 200 szes are VdS approved. Is RQ APPROVED ,al Details and Limitations, at—vanvilintl.com or ° Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS BOLTS. SAE J429, Grade 5, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-1 Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip HEAVY HEX NUTS: ASTM A563, Grade A, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-2, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS & NUTS: 304SS bolts and nuts are available as a standard option. (316SS are available for special order). HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint — Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other Colors Available (IE: RAL3000 and RAL9000) For other Coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D 2000 Grade "EP" EPDM (Green and Red color code) -40T to 250T (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 121°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. For hot water applications the use of Gruvlok Extreme Temperature lubricant is recommended. NSF-61 Certified for cold and hot water applications up through 12". The Fig. 7400 Rigidlite Coupling from Gruvlok is specially designed to provide a rigid, locked -in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe systems. Fast and easy swing -over installation of the rugged lightweight housing produces a secure, rigid pipe joint. The Fig. 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved for 300 psi (20.7 bar) with roll grooved or cut grooved steel pipe prepared in accordance with Gruvlok grooving specifications. The galvanized Fig. 7400 is ideal for stainless steel piping application where the external corrosion properties of stainless steel is not required. For Gruvlok coupling pressure ratings on stainless steel pipe, please refer to page 232. ■ 9E Grade "T" Nitrile (Orange color code) -20°F to 180°F (Service Temperature Range)(-29°C to 82°C) Recommended for petroleum applications. air with oil vapors and vegetable and mineral oils. NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER OR HOT AIR Grade "O" Fluoro-Elastomer (Blue color code) Size Range: T' - 8" (C style only) 20T to 300°F (Service Temperature Range)(-29°C to 149°C) Recommended for high temperature resistance to oxidizing acids, petroleum oils, hydraulic fluids, halogenated hydrocarbons and lubricants. Grade 'T'Silicone (Red color code) Size Range: 1" - 8" (C style only) -40°F to 350T (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 177°C) Recommended for dry, hot air and some high temperature chemical services. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style (1" - 8") Flush Gap (1" - 8") LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok Xtreme"' (Do Not use with Grade T') GL-7.16 0Z ANVIL FIG. 7400 Rigidlite° Coupling FIGURE 00 RIGIDLITE COUPLING Nominal Max. Wk. Max. End Range of Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § Approx. Wt. Size 0 D. Pressuret Load Pipe End Separation Ea. x Y Z Oty. Size Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1 1.315 300 407 0-'/32 2'/4 41/2 13/4 2 % x 2'/4 30 45 1.2 25 33.4 20.7 1.81 0-0.79 57 114 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.5 1'/4 1.660 300 649 0-'/32 2% 4% 1 % 2 % x 21/4 30 45 1.3 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-0.79 67 121 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 1'/2 1.900 300 851 0-'/32 27/a 47/s 1 % 2 % x 2'/4 30 45 1.4 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-0.79 73 124 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 2 2.375 300 1,329 0-'/32 31/4 51/2 1 % 2 % x 2Y4 30 45 1.6 50* 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-0.79 83 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7 2'/2 2.875 300 1,948 0-Y32 37/8 6 1 % 2 % x 2Y4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-0.79 98 152 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 0-/32 4 57/8 1% 2 %x2Y4 30 45 1.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-0.79 102 149 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3 3.500 300 2,886 0-Y32 4'/2 6% 1 % 2 % x 2% 30 45 2.1 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-0.79 114 171 44 M10 x 70 40 60 1.0 4 4.500 300 4,771 0-%2 5% 7% 17/8 2 % x 2% 30 45 3.1 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-2.38 143 197 48 M10 x 70 40 60 1.4 5/2 0.D. 5.500 300 7,127 0 3/32 63/4 9/4 2 2 /2 x 3 80 100 4.5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-2.38 171 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 5 5.563 300 7,292 0-%2 67/a 9'/4 2 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 4.6 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 0-2.38 175 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1 6/2 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 0 %2 7% 10% 2 2 /2 x 3 80 100 5.5 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0-2.38 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5 6 6.625 300 10,341 0-%2 77/8 10% 2 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 5.5 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-2.38 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5 8 8,625 300 17,528 0-%2 101/4 12% 2% 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 8.4 200* 219.1 20.7 77.97 0-2.38 260 324 60 M12 x 76 110 150 3.8 NOTE: For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart Notes" on page 17. Range of Pipe End Seperation values are for roll grooved pipe and may be doubled for cut groove pipe. * ON 50 and ON 200 sizes are VdS approved. t Maximum Working Pressure Rating is for schedule 40 steel pipe. For light wall, stainless steel, aluminum and ISO pipe pressure ratings, please refer to § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 222, the technical data section. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 192. Other sizes available, contact an Anvil Representative for more information. Z ANVIL GL-9.15 LOK FIG. 7043 Branch Outlet c UL Us FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilind.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D 2000 Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to ISOT (Service Temperature Range) (-40°C to 66°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint - Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) U-BOLT: Plated U-bolt conforming to ASTM A 307 with plated hex nuts conforming to ASTM A 563. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTm The Gruvlok Figure 7043 Branch Outlet is for direct connection of sprinkler heads and drop nipples. Just cut a hole, saddle up and fasten it with the U-bolt. The branch outlet provides an economical, quick, and easy outlet at any location along a pipe. Specially engineered to conform to the pipe O.D., the Fig. 7043 provides a leak tight reliable seal in both positive pressure and vacuum conditions. Ductile iron housings with Grade E gasket and carbon steel U-bolt (3/e" dia.) with flanged nuts. Ductile iron housing is available painted or galvanized . The maximum working pressure for all sizes is 175 PSI (12.1 bar). T I FIGURE 7043 BRANCH OUTLET Nominal Diameter Dimensions Specified Torque § Approx. Size O.D.ole . Wt. Each Min. Dia. Max. Dia. A B C Take-out T Min. I Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm In./min In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 11/4 x 1/2 1.660 x 0.840 13/6 1'A 2'/6 31/2 2'/32 1% 27 33 0.8 42.4 x 21.3 30 32 53 89 56 35 - - 0.4 11/4 x 3/4 1.660 x 1.050 13/6 11/4 21/16 31/2 2%2 1% 27 33 0.8 32 x 20 42.4 x 26.7 30 32 53 89 56 35 0.4 11/4x 1 1.660 x 1.315 13/16 11/4 23/16 31/2 2%2 1'/2 27 33 0.9 32 x 25 42.4 x 33.7 30 32 56 89 56 38 - 0.4 11/2 x'/2 1.900 x 0.840 13/16 1'/4 25/32 3'/2 27/32 1 % 27 33 0.8 40 x 15 48.3 x 21.3 30 32 55 89 56 35 - - 0.4 11/2 x % 1.900 x 1.050 13/6 11/4 2%2 31/2 27/32 1 % 27 33 0.8 40 x 20 48.3 x 26.7 30 32 55 89 56 35 - - 0.4 11/2 x 1 1.900 x 1.315 13/6 11/4 2%2 31/2 27/32 1'/2 27 33 0.9 40 x 25 48.3 x 33.7 30 32 58 89 56 38 - - 0.4 2 x'/2 2.375 x 0.840 13/6 1'/4 2'/2 37/s 27/32 1% 27 33 0.8 50 x 15 60.3 x 21.3 30 32 64 98 56 42 - - 0.4 2 x % 2.375 x 1.050 13/16 11/4 21/2 37/s 27/32 1 % 27 33 0.8 50 x 20 60.3 x 26.7 30 32 64 98 56 42 - - 0.4 2 x 1 2.375 x 1.315 13/16 11/4 2% 37/6 2/32 1 % 27 33 0.9 50 x 25 60.3 x 33.7 30 32 67 98 56 1 45 - - 0.4 2Yz x'/2 2.875 x 0.840 13/16 11/4 211/6 4% 2'/32 2 27 33 0.8 65 x 15 73.0 x 21.3 30 32 69 111 56 51 - - 0.4 21/2 x % 2.875 x 1.050 13/16 1'/4 211/16 4% 2�/32 2 27 33 0.9 65 x 20 73.0 x 26.7 30 32 69 111 56 51 - - 0.4 21/2 x 1 2.875 x 1.315 13/e 11/4 213/6 4% 2'/32 2% 27 33 1.0 65 x 25 73.0 x 33.7 30 32 72 111 56 54 - - 0.5 § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 222. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 203. Not for use with copper systems. GL-3.14 Z ANVIL FIG. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges The Gruvlok® Fig. 7012 Flange allows direct connection of Class 125 or Class 150 flanged components to a grooved piping system. The two interlocking halves of the 2" thru 12" sizes of the Gruvlok Flange are hinged for ease of handling, and are drawn together by a latch bolt which eases assembly on the pipe. Precision machined bolt holes, key and mating surfaces assure concentricity and flatness to provide exact fit -up with flanged, lug, and wafer styles of pipe system equipment. A specially designed gasket provides a leak -tight seal on both the pipe and the mating flange face. The 14" thru 24" sizes of the Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange are cast in four segments. A sleek profile gasket design allows quick and easy assembly of the Gruvlok Flange onto the pipe. All Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flanges have designed -in anti -rotation tines which bite into and grip the sides of the pipe grooves to provide a secure, rigid connection. The Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange requires the use of a steel adapt, insert when used against rubber faced surfaces, wafer/lug design valves and serrated or irregular sealing surfaces. In copper systems a phenolic adapter insert is required, in place of the steel adapter insert. (See Installation and Assembly Instructions Section or contact your Anvil Rep. for details.) MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS L_ LATCH BOLT (2" -12"), SEGMENT BOLT (14" - 24"): SAE J429, Grade 5, Zinc Electroplated lSO 898-1 Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip LATCH NUT (2" -12"), SEGMENT NUT (14" - 24"): ASTM A563, Grade A, Zinc Electroplated ISO 898-2, Class 8.8, Zinc Electroplated followed by a Yellow Chromate Dip HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint — Color: ORANGE (standard), Red (optional) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other Colors Available (IE: RAL3000 and RAL9000) For other Coating requirements contact an Anvil Representative. Sizes 14" - 24" LISTED APPROVED 3s/Approval Details and Limitations, r website at www.anvilintl.com or t an Anvil® Sales Representative. 6 GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D 2000 Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many other chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. Grade "T" Nitrile (Orange color code) -20°F to 180°F (Service Temperature Range)(-29°C to 82°C) Recommended for petroleum applications. air with oil vapors and vegetable and mineral oils. NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTm (Do Not use with Grade " L'') Z ANVIL GL-7.16 4 AT f" W. r FIG. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges Mating Flange Y� �Zf i jX i i i 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOKOR • PN10 OR • Max. Latch Bolt Dimensions Sealing Surface Mating Flange Bolts Nominal Size O.D. Working Pressure t Max End Load♦ yyPEa. Latch Bolt Size* Specified Torque§ X Y Z A Max. B Min. Mating Flange Bolts Bolt Circle Bolt Hole Specified Torque Min. Max. Oty. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min. Max. Diameter Diameter In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm PN10 (16) in. (ISO) mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs/N-m Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 300 1,329 % x 2% 30 45 61/4 8% % 2% 37/16 4 % x 2% 4% % 110 140 4.2 50 60.3 1 20.7 5.91 M10 x 70 40 60 159 213 19 60 87 4 M16 x 70 120.7 19.1 149 190 1.9 21/2 2.875 300 1,948 % x 2% 30 45 7 91/2 % 27/8 4 4 % x 2% 51/2 % 110 140 4.6 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 M10 x 70 40 60 178 1 241 1 19 73 102 1 - M16 x 70 1 139.7 19.1 149 190 2.1 3O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 - 30 45 71/4 9% % 3 4'/a - - - - 110 140 4.8 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 M10 x 70 40 60 184 248 19 76 105 4 M16 x 70 - - 149 190 2.2 3 3.500 300 2,886 % x 2% 30 45 77/6 101/2 % 31/2 016 4 % x 2% 6 % 110 140 6.0 88.9 88.9 20.7 12.84 M10 x 70 40 60 200 267 19 89 116 8 M16 x 70 152.4 19.1 149 190 2.7 4 4.500 300 4,771 % x 2% 30 45 9 111/2 % 41/2 59/16 8 % x 2% 71/2 % 110 140 6.3 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 M10 x 70 40 60 229 292 19 114 141 8 M16 x 70 190.5 19.1 149 190 2.9 51/2 O.D. 5.500 300 7,127 - 30 45 97/8 127/6 7/8 59/16 6% - - - - 220 250 15.6 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 M10 x 70 40 60 251 327 22 141 171 8 M16 x 75 - - 298 339 7.1 5 5.563 300 7,292 % X 2% 30 45 10 121/2 7/s 59/6 6% 8 % x 27/a 81/2 7/8 220 250 8.8 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 M10 x 70 40 60 254 318 22 141 171 - 215.9 22.2 298 339 4.0 61/2O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 - 30 45 11Y4 14 1/8 6% 713/16 - - - 220 250 9.7 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 M10 x 70 40 60 286 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 - - 298 339 4.4 6 6.625 300 10,341 %x2% 30 45 11 14 7/6 6% 713/16 8 %x31/6 91/2 7/8 220 250 9.6 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 M10 x 70 40 60 279 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 241.1 22.2 298 339 4.4 8 8.625 300 17,528 % X 2% 30 45 131/2 161/2 1 8% 10 8 % x 31/4 11 % 7/8 220 250 15.6 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 M10 x 70 40 60 343 419 25 219 254 8 (12) M20 x 80 298.5 22.2 298 339 7.1 10 10.750 300 27,229 % x 2% 30 45 16 19 1 10% 121/6 12 7/6 x 3Y2 141/4 1 320 400 18.2 250 273.1 20.7 121.12 M10 x 70 40 60 406 483 25 273 308 12 M20 x 90 362.0 25.4 439 542 8.3 12 12.750 300 38,303 % X 2% 30 45 19 21 % 11/4 12% 14Ya 12 7/s x 3% 17 1 320 400 29.9 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 M10 x 70 40 60 483 552 32 324 359 12 - 431.8 25.4 439 542 13.6 14 14.000 300 46,181 % x 41/4 100 130 21 24 11/2 14 16 12 1 x 41/4 18% 11/a 360 520 52.5 350 355.6 20.7 205.43 - 136 176 533 610 38 356 406 - - 476.3 28.6 488 705 23.8 16 16.000 300 60,319 % x 4'/4 100 130 231/2 261/2 11/2 16 18 16 1 x 41/4 211/4 11/8 360 520 67.0 400 406.4 20.7 268.31 - 136 176 597 673 38 406 457 539.8 28.6 488 705 30.4 18 18.000 300 76,341 % x 5 130 180 25 29 1 % 18 20 16 11/a x 4% 22% 11/4 450 725 82.5 450 457.2 20.7 339.58 - 176 244 635 737 41 457 508 - - 577.9 31.8 610 983 37.4 20 20.000 300 94,248 % x 5 130 180 271/2 311/2 1 % 20 22 20 11/6 x 4% 25 1'/4 450 725 106.5 500 508.0 20.7 419.23 - 176 244 699 800 44 508 559 - - 635.0 31.8 610 983 48.3 24 24.000 250 113,097 7/a x 5'/2 180 220 32 361/2 17/s 24 26 20 11/4 x 5Y2 291/2 1 % 620 1,000 138.5 600 609.6 17.2 503.08 - 244 298 813 927 48 610 660 - 749.3 34.92 841 1,356 62.8 NOTES: tMaximum Working Pressure Rating is for schedule 40 steel pipe. For light wall, stainless steel, aluminum and ISO pipe pressure ratings, please refer to the technical data section. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. To avoid interference issues, flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16.5. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart Notes" on page 17. + PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. V Based on use with standard wall pipe. § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see page 222. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 198-200. GL-9.15 Z ANVIL FIG. 7077, FIG. 7078 & FIG. 7079 FIG. 7072 Swaged Nipples Gr x Gr Concentric Reducer E t�E EtoE E t�E EtoE O.D. - -FF)1- `� F, -LF�] Fig.7077 Fig.7078 Fig.7079 Gr x Gr Gr x Thd Gr x Bev Cast Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 x 1 6'/2C 2.0 4x21/2 9 8.0 50 x 25 165 0.9 100 x 65 229 3.6 2x11/4 6'/2 2.0 4x3 9 8.0 50 x 32 165 0.9 100 x 80 229 3.6 2x11/2 61/2 2.0 4x31/2 9 8.0 50 x 40 165 0.9 100 x 90 229 3.6 2'/2x1 7 3.5 5x2 11 12.0 65 x 25 178 1.6 125 x 50 279 5.4 2'/2 x 1'/4 7 3.5 5 x 2Y2 11 12.0 65 x 32 178 1.6 1 125 x 65 279 5.4 2'/2x11/2 7 3.5 5 x 3 11 12.0 65 x 40 178 1.6 125 x 80 279 5.4 2'/2x2 7 3.5 5x4 11 12.0 65 x 50 178 1.6 125 x 100 279 5.4 3 x 1 8 5.0 6 x 1 12 19.0 80 x 25 203 2.3 150 x 25 305 8.6 3x11/4 8 5.0 6x11/4 12 19.0 80 x 32 203 2.3 150 x 32 305 8.6 3x11/2 8 5.0 6x11/2 12 19.0 80 x 40 203 2.3 150 x 40 305 8.6 3x2 8 5.0 6x2 12 19.0 80 x 50 203 2.3 150 x 50 305 8.6 3x21/2 8 5.0 6x21/2 12 19.0 80 x 65 203 2.3 150 x 65 305 8.6 3'/2x3 8 7.0 6x3 12 19.0 90 x 80 203 3.2 150 x 80 305 8.6 40 9 8.0 6x31/2 12 17.0 100 x 25 229 3.6 150 x 90 305 7.7 4x11/4 9 8.0 6x4 12 19.0 100 x 32 229 3.6 150 x 100 305 8.6 4x11/2 9 8.0 6x5 12 19.0 100 x 40 229 3.6 150 x 125 1 305 8.6 4 x 2 9 8.0 100 x 50 229 3.6 This product is not ULC Listed. See Fitting Size chart on page 61 for O.D. U, D, FM LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvils Sales Representative. Z ANVIL EtoE m .Q U O.D.l rn o -fl Fabricated O) C LL CONCENTRICFIGURE 7072 Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Nominal End Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg In./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs/Kg 1'/4 x 1 2'/2 0.6 5 x 2 3'/2 4.6 14 x 6 13 54.3 32 x 25 64 0.3 125 x 50 89 2.1 350 x 150 330 24.6 1'/2 x 1 2'/2 0.6 5 x 21/2 3'/2 4.5 14 x 8 13 54.5 40 x 25 64 0.3 125 x 65 89 2.0 350 x 200 330 24.7 1'/2 x 1'/4 2'/2 0.6 5 x 3 3'/2 4.4 14 x 10 13 55.7 40 x 32 64 0.3 125 x 80 89 2.0 350 x 250 330 25.3 2x1 2Y2 0.8 5x4 3'/2C 4.5 14x12 13 57.3 50 x 25 64 0.4 125 x 100 89 2.0 350 x 300 330 26.0 2x11/4 21/2C 1.3 6x1 4 6.8 16x8 14 65.4 50 x 32 64 0.6 150 x 25 102 3.1 400 x 200 356 29.7 2x1'/2 21/2C 1.3 6x11/2 4 6.9 16x10 14 66.7 50 x 40 64 0.6 150 x 40 102 3.1 400 x 250 356 30.3 2'/2x1 2Y2 1.0 6x2 4C 6.0 16x12 14 68.1 65 x 25 64 0.5 150 x 50 102 2.7 400 x 300 356 30.9 21/2x11/4 2'/2 1.0 6x21/2 4 6.0 16x14 14 71.0 65 x 32 64 0.5 150 x 65 102 2.7 400 x 350 356 32.2 21/2x11/2 2Y2 1.3 6x3 4C 5.4 1800 15 82.3 65 x 40 64 0.6 150 x 80 102 2.4 450 x 250 381 37.3 2'/2x2 21/2C 1.6 6x4 4C 5.6 18x12 15 83.6 65 x 50 64 0.7 150 x 100 102 2.5 450 x 300 381 37.9 3x1 2Y2 1.2 6x5 4C 6.0 18x14 15 86.2 80 x 25 64 0.5 150 x 125 102 2.7 450 x 350 381 39.1 3x11/4 2'/2 1.3 8x3 5 12.0 18x16 15 87.2 80 x 32 64 0.6 200 x 80 127 5.5 450 x 400 381 39.6 3x1'/2 2Y2 1.3 8x4 5C 9.0 20x10 20 123.0 80 x 40 64 0.6 200 x 100 127 4.1 500 x 250 508 55.8 3x2 21/2C 1.4 8x5 5 11.5 20x12 20 125.0 80 x 50 64 0.6 200 x 125 127 5.2 500 x 300 508 56.7 3x21/2 21/2C 1.5 8x6 5C 10.6 20x14 20 129.0 80 x 65 64 0.7 200 x 150 127 4.8 500 x 350 508 58.5 3'/2x3 3 1.8 10x4 6 20 20x16 20 131.0 90 x 80 76 0.8 250 x 100 152 9.1 500 x 400 508 59.4 4x1 3 2.2 10x5 6 20 20x18 20 133.0 100 x 25 76 1.0 250 x 125 152 9.1 500 x 450 1 508 60.3 4x11/4 3 2.2 10x6 6C 20 24x10 20 147.0 100 x 32 76 1.0 250 x 150 152 9.1 600 x 250 508 66.7 4x11/2 3 2.3 10x8 6 23.9 24x12 20 149.0 100 x 40 76 1.0 250 x 200 152 10.8 600 x 300 508 67.6 4x2 3C 2.4 12x4 7 25 24x14 20 152.0 100 x 50 76 1.1 300 x 100 178 11.3 600 x 350 508 68.9 4x21/2 3C 2.6 12x6 7 29 24x16 20 153.0 100 x 65 76 1.2 300 x 150 178 13.2 600 x 400 508 69.4 4x3 3C 3.2 12x8 7 29 24x18 20 154.0 100 x 80 76 1.5 300 x 200 178 3.2 600 x 450 508 69.9 4x31/2 3 3.6 12x10 7 ]32.4 24x20 20 155.0 100x90 76 1.6 300 x 250 178 4.7 600 x 500 508 70.3 -5 c� C - Cast ductile iron, all others are fabricated steel. .o x C UL US FM a� d c LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. wimew- GL-9..15 GL&) 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com Technical Support • 989-414-2600 • techservice@globesprinkler.com SERIES GL-QR STANDARD COVERAGE, QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT, PENDENT & RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS K FACTOR: 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, 8.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Globe Series GL-QR sprinklers are Listed Quick Response sprinklers which utilize a 3mm frangible glass bulb as the thermosensitive operating element. These sprinklers are available in upright, pendent, and recessed pendent orien- tations. They are Listed and Approved as Standard Cover- age sprinklers and are to be installed in accordance with the guidelines of the appropriate Installation Standard being mandated by the AHJ (i.e. NFPA 13; FM 2-0). These sprin- klers are available in various K-factors, temperatures and finishes as shown. Recessed escutcheons with either ''/2" or 3/4" vertical adjustment are available (See Approvals Ta- bles for appropriate sprinkler/escutcheon combinations and Listings). Some pendent models are additionally available with a special "Seismic" escutcheon to meet the IBC-ASCE/ SEI 7 requirements for use in seismic design categories C, D&E. OPERATION Upon exposure to heat such as from a fire, the fluid in the bulb expands, compressing the air bubble within the bulb. When the air bubble can no longer compress, the fluid ex- pansion causes breakage of the glass bulb, resulting in re- lease of the water seat assembly, and discharge of water from the sprinkler. TECHNICAL DATA SIN • Upright: GL2815, GL4215, GL5615, GL8115, GL8118 • Pendent, Recessed Pendent: GL2801, GL4201, GL5601, GL8101, GL8106 Approvals • cULus • FM • LPCB • CE • See Approval Tables Maximum Working Pressure • 175 psi (12 bar) • Factory tested to 500 psi (34 bar) Minimum Operating Pressure • 7 psi (48 kPa) Temperature Rating • See Approval Tables Materials of Construction • Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass • Screw - brass • Lodgement Wire - stainless steel • Bulb seat - copper • Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon • Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm • Escutcheon Assembly - carbon steel SEP 2019 RECESSED PENDENT UPRIGHT PENDENT" KK I RECESSED PENDENT SEISMIC IBC/ASCE/SEI CODES FINISHES AND ACCESSORIES Finishes • Factory Bronze • Chrome • White Polyester • Black Polyester - special order Escutcheons • Brass • Chrome • White Polyester • Black Polyester Wrenches • Standard • Recess • 1/2" NPT • 3/4" NPT NOTE: Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be expected when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible corrosive atmo- spheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, concentration of chemicals, humidity, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTE: Users should refer to Globe's web site (www.globesprinkler.com) to ensure that the most recent technical literature is being utilized. GFS-100 PAGE 1 OF 6 INSTALLATION NOTICE Do not install any bulb -type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is loss of liquid from the bulb. Sprinklers should be tightened enough to obtain a leak -tight joint when water pressure is applied and/or hydrostatic test is performed. Sprinklers should not be overtightened as this can result in distortion and subsequent leak- age. It is recommended not to exceed 14 ft.-lb. (19.0 Nm) torque for 112 inch NPT sprinkler threads; 20 ft.-Ib. (26.8 Nm) to 314 inch NPT threads. Step1. Sprinklers must be properly oriented. Step2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprin- kler fitting. Note: Do not grasp the sprinkler by the deflector. Step3. Wrench -tighten the sprinkler using only the appropriate wrench. Wrenches are only to be applied to the sprinkler wrench flats or wrench hex as applicable. Note: Do not apply wrench to frame arms. CARE AND MAINTENANCE Prior to installation, it is important to read and follow the "Sprinkler Caution" sheet (GFS-840) included within each box of sprinklers. This sheet is available on Globe's web site (www.globesprinkler.com). Store sprinklers in a cool, dry place. Exposure to extreme heat will damage the thermal sensing element, possibly re- sulting in premature activation. Avoid direct sunlight. Replace any sprinkler that shows any corrosion, damage, or loss of liquid from the glass bulb. Do not attempt to paint or alter the sprinkler's coating in any manner after leaving the manufacturing plant. Do not attach wiring, ropes, decorations or fixtures to a sprinkler. Absence of an escutcheon, used to cover a ceiling hole, may delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. It is the owner's responsibility for inspection, testing and maintenance of the fire sprinkler system with all components and devices in accordance with the National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet 25 as well as any other requirements as set forth by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). FIGURE 1: STANDARD SPRINKLER WRENCH 1/2" NPT P/N 325390 3/4" NPT P/N 312366 FIGURE 2: RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH 1/2" NPT P/N 325391 3/" NPT P/N 325401 SEP 2019 GFS-100 PAGE 2 OF 6 TABLE A: UPRIGHT SPRINKLER APPROVALS SIN I GL2815 GL4215 (') GL5615 0) GL8115 * GL8118 0) ORIENTATION I UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT UPRIGHT K-FACTOR 2.8 (40 metric) 4.2 (60 metric) 5.6 (80 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) NPT 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" (15mm) 3/4" (20mm) HAZARD I L.H. L.H L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. 135-F(57-C) 135-F(57-C) 135°F(57-C) 135°F(57-C) 135-F(57-C) 155-F(68-C) 155-F(68-C) 155°F(68-C) 155-F(68-C) 155-F(68-C) CULus Listed 175°F (79-C) 175-F (79-C) 175°F (79-C) 175-F (79-C) 175°F (79-C) 200°F(93-C) 200-F(93-C) 200°F(93-C) 200-F(93-C) 200°F(93-C) 286-F (141°C) 286-F (141°C) 286-F (141°C) 286-F (141-C) 286-F (141°C) 135-F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 155°F(68°C) 155-F(68°C) FM Approved NA NA 175°F (79°C) NA 175°F (79°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 286-F(141°C) 286-F(141°C) 135-F(57-C) 135°F(57-C) LPCB 155-F (68-C) 155-F (68-C) Ref. No. 147c/05 NA NA 175-F (79-C) NA 175-F (79-C) 200°F(93-C) 200°F(93-C) 286-F (141 °C) 286-F (141 °C) 135-F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 155°F (68°C) 155°F (68°C) CE NA NA 175°F (79°C) NA 175°F (79°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 286-F(141°C) 286-F(141°C) * FOR RETROFIT USE ONLY (1) cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WITH POLYESTER COATING. DEFLECTOR FRAME COMPRESSION SCREW BULB 2-1/4" BULB SEAT (57.1 mm) WRENCH FLAT LOBE 1/2" NPT 7/16" (11.1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN FIGURE 3: SERIES GL-QR UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS GL2815, GL4215, GL5615, GL8115 DEFLECTOR FRAME COMPRESSION SCREW 2-7/16" BULB (62 mm) BULB SEAT WRENCH FLAT LOBE 3/4" NPT 1/2" (12.7 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN FIGURE 4: SERIES GL-QR UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS GL8118 SEP 2019 GFS-100 PAGE 3OF6 TABLE B: PENDENT SPRINKLER APPROVALS SIN GL2801 I GL4201 GL5601 GL8101 * I GL8106 0) ORIENTATION PENDENT PENDENT PENDENT PENDENT PENDENT K-FACTOR 2.8 (40 metric) 4.2 (60 metric) 5.6 (80 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) NPT I 1/2" (15mm) I 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" (15mm) 1/2" (15mm) I 3/4" (20mm) HAZARD L.H. I L.H L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. 135-F(57"C) 135"F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 135-F(57"C) 135-F(57-C) 155-F(68°C) 155"F(68°C) 155-F(68°C) 155°F(68°C) 155°F(68°C) cULus Listed 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 200-F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93-C) 286°F (141°C) 286"F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) 286"F (141°C) 286°F (141-C) 135-F(57°C) 135-F(57-C) 155-F(68°C) 155-F(68-C) FM Approved NA NA 175-F (79°C) NA 175°F (79-C) 200-F (93°C) 200°F(93-C) 286-F (141-C) 286-F (141-C) 135°F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) LPCB 155°F (68°C) 155°F (68°C) Ref. No. 147c/05 NA NA 175°F (79°C) NA 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) 135°F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 155°F (68°C) 155°F(68°C) CE NA NA 175°F (79°C) NA 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) * FOR RETROFIT USE ONLY (1) cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WITH POLYESTER COATING. 7/16" (11.1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 1/2" NPT WRENCH FLAT 3901J BULB SEAT 2-1/4" BULB (57.1 mm) COMPRESSION SCREW FRAME DEFLECTOR FIGURE 5: SERIES GL-QR PENDENT SPRINKLERS GL2801, GL4201, GL5601, GL8101 1/2" (12.7 mm) NOMINAL MAKE -IN 3/4" NPT WRENCH FLAT 380�J BULB SEAT 2-7/16" BULB (62 mm) COMPRESSION SCREW FRAME DEFLECTOR FIGURE 6: SERIES GL-QR PENDENT SPRINKLERS GL8106 SEP 2019 GFS-100 PAGE 4OF6 TABLE C: RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER APPROVALS SIN GL2801 (2) GL4201 (1)(2) GL5601 (1)(2) GL8101 * (1)(2) GL8106 (1)(2)(3) ORIENTATION RECESSED PEND. I RECESSED PEND. RECESSED PEND. RECESSED PEND. RECESSED PEND. K-FACTOR 2.8 (40 metric) 4.2 (60 metric) 5.6 (80 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) 8.0 (115 metric) NPT 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" HAZARD I L.H. L.H L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. L.H./O.H. 135-F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 135°F(57°C) 135°F(57°C) 135-F(57°C) 155-F(68°C) 155-F(68°C) 155°F(68°C) 155-F(68°C) 155°F(68°C) cLILus Listed 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) 286°F (141°C) FM Approved 135°F (57°C) 135°F (57°C) Note: 1/2" Adjustable Recessed NA NA 155°F (68°C) NA 155°F (68°C) 175°F(79°C) 175°F(79°C) Escutcheon only 200°F (93°C) 200oF (93-C) 135-F(57°C) 135°F(57°C) LPCB 155°F (68°C) 155°F (68°C) Ref. No. 147c/05 NA NA 175°F (79°C) NA 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C) 200°F (93°C) 286°F (141 °C) 286°F (141 °C) 135-F(57°C) 135°F(57°C) CE NA NA 155°F (68°C) NA 155°F (68°C) 175°F (79°C) 175°F (79°C) 200°F(93°C) 200°F(93°C) * FOR RETROFIT USE ONLY (1) cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT SPRINKLER WITH POLYESTER COATING (2) cULus / LPCB /CE APPROVED WITH 1/2" ADJUSTABLE AND 3/4" ADJUSTABLE RECESSED ESCUTCHEON (3) FM APPROVED FOR BRASS FINISH ONLY 2 15/16" DIA. 2" DIA. MIN. HOLE IN CEILING 1 29132" DIA. I I I_ _I REDUCER 1 1 I I 3901D 1/8" MIN. 5/8" MAX. - 1/2" ADJ. 7/8" MAX. - 3/4' ADJ. i CEILING CUP 1" MIN. 1/8" RETAINER 1 3/4" MAX. i FIGURE 7: RECESSED ESCUTCHEON TABLED: STANDARD ESCUTCHEONS 3/4" ADJUSTABLE FRICTION FIT RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FINISH 1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT Chrome 325422 325423 Brass 325424 325420 White Polyester 325426-W 325427-W Black Polyester 325426-B 325427-B Stainless Steel 326140 NA 112" ADJUSTABLE FRICTION FIT RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FINISH 1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT Chrome 332071 326040 Brass I 332072 326041 White Polyester 332073-W 326042-W Black Polyester 332073-B 326042-B 4 1 2" (114mm) DIA. 3 7/8" (98mm)- 4"(101.m) DIA. MIN. HOLE IN CEILING _1 29L2" (QnM lA. REDUCER I I_ I I I 1 I_ 1/8" (3mm) MIN. 5/e" (16mm) MAX. - - 1/2" (12mm) ADJ. E801D 7/8" (22mm) MAX. - CEILING CUP 1/4" mm) RETAINER 1" (25mm) MIN. 1 1/2" (38mm) MAX. - 1/2" ADJ. 1 3/4" (44mm) MAX. - 3/4" AD]. 1 FIGURE 8: SEISMIC RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Meets IBC-ASCE/SEI 7 Codes for Seismic areas C, D, & E. TABLE E: SEISMIC ESCUTCHEONS 3/4" ADJUSTABLE FRICTION FIT RECESSED ESCUTCHEON (SEISMIC) FINISH 1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT Chrome 326170 326177 White 326172-W 326178-W 1/2" ADJUSTABLE FRICTION FIT RECESSED ESCUTCHEON (SEISMIC) FINISH 1/2" NPT 3/4" NPT Chrome 326201 326208 White 326203-W 326210-W SEP 2019 GFS-100 PAGE 5 OF 6 TABLE F: PART NUMBER SELECTION PART NUMBER SIN + TEMPERATURE + FINISH XXXX XXX xx T-L SIN I IF IF I TEMPERATURE GL2815 2815 GL4215 4215 GL5615 5615 GL8115 8115 GL8118 8118 GL2801 2801 GL4201 4201 GL5601 5601 GL8101 8101 GL8106 8106 135 135°F(57°C) 155 155°F(68°C) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 200°F(93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) FINISH 01 BRONZE 02 CHROME 03 WHITE POLYESTER 04 BLACK POLYESTER Note: All combinations may not be available. Refer to Listing/Approval Tables for available listed combinations. ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY.- • SPRINKLER • Quantity • SIN • Orientation • Orifice • NPT • Temperature Rating • Finish • Part Number (See TABLE F) • ESCUTCHEON • Quantity • Finish • Part Number (See TABLE D & TABLE E) • WRENCH • Quantity • Part Number 1/2" NPT Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325390 3/4" NPT Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312366 1 /2" NPT Recess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325391 3/4" NPT Recess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325401 GLOBED PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its manufactured products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com • Technical Support • 989-414-2600 • techservice@globesprinkler.com SEP 2019 GFS-100 PAGE 6 OF 6 PBE4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 • 989-846-4583 • www.globesprinkler.com FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION Technical Support • 989-414-2600 • techservice@globesprinkler.com SPECIFIC APPLICATION MODEL "IC" INTERSTITIAL COMBUSTIBLE CONCEALED UPRIGHT SPRINKLER GL5608 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Globe Series GL-SS/IC GL5608 Interstitial Combustible Space Sprinkler is a quick response, upright, specific appli- cation sprinkler designed to provide protection of light haz- ard combustible and non-combustible concealed spaces, inclusive of interstitial (between floors) or attic spaces (with slopes 2:12 or less). Each GL5608 sprinkler can be de- signed for up to 16ft x 16ft (4.9m x 4.9m) spacing, providing i as much as 256 ftz (23.8m2) of protection per sprinkler. The GL5608 sprinkler meets the requirements of Under- writers Laboratories UL 199H to comply with criteria for the protection of combustible concealed spaces as described in NFPA 13. When heat is absorbed, liquid within the glass bulb ex- pands, increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule ex- ceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an ap- proved pattern. APPLICATION The GL-SS/IC GL5608 can be designed for installation in CPVC wet pipe sprinkler systems and steel wet pipe or dry pipe sprinkler systems. The GL5608 can be used in concealed spaces having roof pitch of 2 in 12 or less con- structed of wood truss, non-combustible bar joist, solid wood joists, or composite wood joists. The specific design requirements for each type of piping system, and construc- tion materials can be found in the following sections of this document. NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS Sprinklers shall be Listed for use in combustible concealed spaces (with a slope not exceeding 2 in 12) with combus- tible wood truss, wood joist construction, or bar joist con- struction having a combustible upper surface and where the depth of the space is less than 36" (914.4mm) from deck to deck or with double wood joist and composite wood joist construction with a maximum of 36" (914.4mm) between the top of the bottom joist and the bottom of the upper joist. HYDRAULIC DESIGN AREA For all pipe and construction types the design area shall be 1000 ft2 (92.9m2) except for Steel Pipe Systems with insula- tion filled joists, the design area shall be in accordance with the Light Hazard Systems requirements of NFPA 13. SPRINKLER COVERAGE AREA The coverage area of any single GL-SS/IC Sprinkler shall utilize the SxL rule for all sprinkler spacings (i.e. 16 x 10 = 160 sq. ft. X 0.10 = 16 gpm). GL5608 SPACE SERIES GL-SS/IC UPRIGHT SPRINKLER: The Globe GL-SS/IC GL5608 Interstitial Combustible Up- right Sprinkler has been Listed to be used beyond the 36" (914.4mm) height to a height of 60" (1.5m) to provide more functionality in installation specifically in areas where the height of the concealed space is both above and below the height of 36" (914.4mm). TECHNICAL DATA • cULus Listed for coverage areas up to 256 ftz (23.8 mz) • 16 ft (4.9 m) maximum and 6 ft (1.8 m) minimum Sprinkler Spacing • Maximum Open Space Height 60 in (1.5 m) • Temperature Ratings - 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C) • Finish - Factory Bronze • Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) • Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating -670F (-55°C) • Materials of Construction, Frame - bronze, Deflector - brass, Screw - brass, Bulb seat - copper, Spring - nickel alloy, Seal - teflon, Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 1 of 6 TABLE A GENERAL INSTALLATION ALLOWANCES STEEL PIPING CPVC PIPING COVERAGE DISTANCE OPEN SPACE HEIGHT TOTAL OPEN SPACE HEIGHT TOTAL CONSTRUCTION TYPE ALLOWED ALLOWED AREA BETWEEN SPRINKLERS MINIMUM MAXIMUM SPACE HEIGHT' MINIMUM MAXIMUM SPACE HEIGHT' Feet' (Meters') Feet (Meters) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Unobstructed Wood Truss 6 (152) 60 (1524) 60 (1524) 6 (152) 60 (1524) 60 (1524) 6 (1.8) Non -Combustible Bar Joist 256 (78.0) MINIMUMMAXIMUM Obstructed Wood Truss 6 (152) 60 (1524) 84 (2134) N/A N/A N/A 16(4.9) Solid Wood Joist MAXIMUM Insulation Filled Joist 6 (152) 60 (1524) 1 72 (1829)' 6 (152) 60 (1524) 72 (1829)" NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. , WHEN TRUSS OR JOIST SPACE IS NONINSULATION FILLED, THE MAXIMUMALLOWED TOP MEMBER DEPTH IS 12" (305 mm). 2 UP TO 12" (305mm) LOWER MEMBER SPACE. TABLE B SPRINKLER SPECIFICATION AND APPROVALS STYLE SIN NOMINAL K" HAZARD' THREAD SPRINKLER FINISH TEMPERATURE RATING PRESSURE MAX. LOW TEMP. BULB cULus MODEL FACTOR SIZE LENGTH 175°F 200°F RATING RATING (79°C) (93°C) UPRIGHT GL5608 5.6 LH 1/2" NPT 2 1/4" Factory X X 175 psi -67°F X (80 metric) (15mm) I (5.7cm) I Bronze I 1 1 (12 Bars) (-55°C) NOTE: , METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 2 SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. OBSTRUCTION CRITERIA For systems where the Globe "IC" Upright Sprinklers are positioned with 15' (4.6m) or less between sprinklers the Globe "IC" Upright Sprinkler must use the obstruction re- quirements for standard spray upright sprinklers. For systems where the Globe "IC" Upright Sprinklers are positioned with greater than 15' (4.6m) between sprinklers CPVC DESIGN REQUIREMENTS the Globe "IC" Upright Sprinkler must use the obstruction requirements for extended coverage upright sprinklers. NOTE: WEB MEMBERS AND GUSSETS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED OB- STRUCTIONS PROVIDED THE MINIMUM 4-1121NCH LATERAL DISTANCE REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION LISTING IS MAINTAINED. SYSTEM TYPE PARTITION REQUIREMENTS The concealed space being protected must be broken up Wet pipe system. into areas no greater than 1000 square feet either by full height walls or by draft curtains. ALLOWABLE CONSTRUCTION TYPES • Unobstructed wood truss construction' • Unobstructed bar joist construction' • Non-combustible insulation filled solid wood joist construction' • Non-combustible insulation filled composite wood joist construction' NOTE: , Upper joist/truss cannot be more than 4" (101.6mm) in height. 2 The joist space in non-combustible insulation filled joist construction must be completely filled with noncombustible insulation and secured in place by metal wire netting to hold the insulation in place in the event of a fire. DRAFT CURTAINS When draft curtains are used they must be 8" (203.2mm) in height or one third of the depth of the concealed space, whichever is greater. Draft curtains must be constructed of a material that will not allow for heat to escape through or above them. NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 2 of 6 DEFLECTOR POSITION • 1 1/2 to 4 inches below the upper deck for unobstructed wood truss and bar joist constructions. Deflector must be below the bottom of the top chord in trusses or below bottom of joist. • 1 '/2 to 4 inches below the joists for non-combustible insulation filled solid and composite wood joist constructions. • 4'/2 inches away from trusses. CONCEALED SPACE SIZE All spaces must have a minimum open space (from top of lower joist, cord, or truss to bottom of upper joist, cord, or truss) of 6" (152.4mm). (see Figures 1 and 2) Unobstructed wood truss and bar joist construction must not have a total bottom of floor to top of ceiling space height of more than 60" (1.5m). (see Figure 2) Joist construction with noncombustible insulation in the upper deck must not have an open space (from top of lower joist to bottom of upper joist) of greater than 60 inches in size. They must not have a total concealed space height of greater than 72" (1.8m). This allows for a maximum lower joist space of 12" (304.8mm). Solid wood joist and obstructed truss construction must not have an open space (from top of lower joist or truss to bottom of upper joist or truss) of greater than 60"(1.5m) in size. They must not have a total concealed space height of greater than 84"(2.1 m). The upper joist space must not be greater than 12"(304.8mm) in depth (see Figure 2) 1/2" (114mm) MIN. 1 1/2" (38mm) MIN. rT. FACE OF WOOD TRUSS R TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST 4" (102mm) MAX. DEFLECTOR MUST BE BELOW BOTTOM OF TOP CHORD - TOP CHORD 4" (100mm) MAX. FRAME ARMS MUST BE INSTALLED IN -LINE WITH PIPE RUN (MODEL IC SPRINKLER) 12" (305mm) MIN. 60" (1524mm) MAX 1 " (152mm) MAX. ABOVE CEILING TO BOTTOM OF PIPE OR NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION, OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED SPACE (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO BOTTOM SURFACE OF DECK), OR WHICH EVER IS SMALLER. CPVC PIPE INSTALLATION Horizontal runs of CPVC piping must be located with the bottom of the piping not more than 6" (152.4mm) above the ceiling below or above ceiling insulation (if present), or one third depth of the combustible concealed space as mea- sured between the top surface of the ceiling below to the bottom of the floor above or the bottom of the noncombus- tible insulation above. Whichever is smaller. When the lower joists are greater than 6"(152.4mm) in height, CPVC piping is permitted to be attached directly to the top of the joist. The CPVC piping can be used to supply the Globe "IC" Upright Sprinklers as well as the sprinklers protecting the space below. When using 1" (DN25) or larger pipe, a hanger must be located at the truss nearest a sprig for purposes of re- straint. If using 3/4" (DN19) piping, all sprigs over 12" (304.8mm) must be laterally braced using methods described in the NFPA standards. Where CPVC piping must be offset to go over an obstruction that will violate the hori- zontal positioning requirements the CPVC piping must be spaced not greater than 6 inches from that obstruction and an additional Globe IC Upright Sprinkler must be provided to protect the section of CPVC piping (see Figure 1 and 2). CPVC piping must be kept a minimum of 18" (457.2mm) lat- erally away from heat sources such as heat pumps, fan mo- tors, and heat lamps. 6" (152mm) MAX. UPPER DECK FOR CPVC PIPE " (125mm) MAX. FOR CPVC PIPE WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, A GL5608 MODEL "IC" SPRINKLE MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE CPVC OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. 7 6" (152mm) MIN. ❑ ❑ ❑ El ❑ OBSTRUCTION ❑❑❑❑❑ CEILING BOTTOM OF PIPE/ TOP OF CORD FIGURE 1: CPVC PIPE UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS AND BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 3 of 6 INSULATION MUST BE HELD ON -COMBUSTIBLE SOLID WOOD JOIST IN PLACE WITH METAL INSULATION COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST 12" (305mm) MAX. DEPTH WIRE NETTING 12" (305mm) MAX. DEPTH WOOD TRUSS UPPER DECK TOPCHORD 12" (305mm) MAX. DEPTH 1 1/2" (38mm) MIN. 4" (102mm) MAX. G L5608 �6" (152mm) MAX. (MODEL IC SPRINKLER) FOR CPVC FRAME ARMS MUST " (152mm) MAX. BE INSTALLED FOR CPVC IN -LINE WITH PIPE RUN 6" 152mm MIN. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ i 72 OBSTRUCTION 1829mm 60" (1524mm) MAX. ° ❑ ❑ ❑ ( ) MAX. WOODTRUSS ° ° ° WEB MEMEBER i ❑ In CEILING ] ❑ ❑ BOTTOM OF PIPE/ J TOP OF CHORD WHEN OFFSETTING CPVC PIPE OVER AN OBSTRUCTION, A GL5608 MODEL "IC" SPRINKLER MUST BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON THE PIPE OVER THE OBSTRUCTION. 6" (152mm) MAX. ABOVE CEILING OR NON-COMBUSTIBLE CEILING INSULATION, OR 1/3 THE DEPTH OF CONCEALED AREA (AS MEASURED FROM TOP SURFACE OF CEILING TO TOP SURFACE OF JOIST INSULATION ABOVE), OR WHICH EVER IS SMALLER. WHEN THE LOWER JOIST IS GREATER THAN 6" (152mm) IN HEIGHT CPVC PIPING IS PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED DIRECTLY TO THE TOP OF THE JOIST. FIGURE 2: CPVC PIPE NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD, COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST, OR WOOD TRUSS CONSTRUCTION STEEL PIPING DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM TYPE Wet pipe system and dry type systems. ALLOWABLE CONSTRUCTION TYPES • Unobstructed wood truss construction' • Unobstructed bar joist construction' • Solid wood joist construction • Obstructed wood truss construction • Non-combustible insulation filled solid wood joist construction' • Non-combustible insulation filled composite wood joist construction NOTE: Upper joist/truss cannot be more than 4" (101.6mm) in height. 2 Upper joisUtruss cannot be more than 12" (304.8mm) in height. 3 The joist space in non-combustible insulation filled joist construction must be completely filled with noncombustible insulation and secured in place by metal wire netting to hold the insulation in place in the event of a fire. PARTITION REQUIREMENTS For unobstructed wood truss construction, unobstructed bar joist construction, solid wood joist construction, and obstructed wood truss construction the concealed space being protected must be broken up into areas no greater than 1000 square feet either by full height walls or by draft curtains. Noncombustible insulation filled joist construction is not re- quired to be broken up into partitioned areas. DRAFT CURTAINS Draft Curtain for Unobstructed wood truss construction and noncombustible bar joist construction must be 8" (203.2mm) in height or one third of the depth of the concealed space, whichever is greater. Draft curtains must be constructed of a material that will not allow for heat to escape through or above them. Draft Curtain for Obstructed wood truss and solid wood joist construction must be 6" (152.4mm) in height or one third of the depth of the concealed space, whichever is greater. Draft curtains must be constructed of a material that will not allow for heat to escape through or above them. DEFLECTOR POSITION • 1 '/2 to 4 inches below the upper deck for unobstructed wood truss and bar joist constructions. Deflector must be below the bottom of the top chord in trusses or below bottom of joist. • 1 '/2 to 4 inches below the joists for noncombustible insulation filled solid and composite wood joist construction. • 1 '/2 to 2 inches below the joist or truss for solid wood joist or obstructed truss construction. • 4'/2 inches away from trusses BLOCKING For solid wood joist and obstructed wood truss construction blocking must be provided in each of the channels between the upper joists or trusses. The blocking must be located where the draft curtains intersect the channels. The block- ing must be installed to the full depth of the joists and be installed as to not allow heat to escape through or above the blocking. The blocking must be installed using either the same material as the joists or a noncombustible material. NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 4 of 6 CONCEALED SPACE SIZE All spaces must have a minimum open space (from top of lower joist, cord, or truss to bottom of upper joist, cord, or truss) of 6"(152.4mm) (see Figures 3, 4, and 5). Unobstructed wood truss and bar joist construction must not have a total concealed space height of more than 60"(1.5m). (see Figure 3). Joist construction with noncombustible insulation in the upper deck must not have an open space (from top of lower joist to bottom of upper joist) of greater than 60"(1.5m) in 4 112" (114mm) MIN. TO FACE OF WOOD TRUSS OR TOP CHORD OF BAR JOIST TOP CHORD 4" (100mm) MAX. (MODEL FRAME ARMS MUST BEINSTALLED IN -LINE WITH PIPE RUN size. They must not have a total concealed space height of greater than 72"(1.8m). This allows for a maximum lower joist space of 12"(304.8mm) (see Figure 4). Solid wood joist and obstructed truss construction must not have an open space (from top of lower joist or truss to bottom of upper joist or truss) of greater than 60"(1.5m) in size. They must not have a total concealed space height of greater than 84"(2.1 m). The upper joist space must not be greater than 12"(304.8mm) in depth(see Figure 4). UPPER 1 1/2" (38mm) MIN. DEFLECTOR MUST BE 4" (100mm) MAX. BELOW BOTTOM OF TOP CHORD 601, I (1524mm) MAX. 6' (152mm) MIN. CEILING FIGURE 3: STEEL PIPE UNOBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS OR NON-COMBUSTIBLE BAR JOIST CONSTRUCTION 2x FLOOR SOLID WOOD JOISTS/OBSTRUCTED TRUSS UPPER DECK 16" (406mm) ON CENTER T� 12" (305mm) MAX. 1 1/2" (38mm) MIN. 2" (51 mm) MAX. GL5608 FRAME ARMS MUST (MODEL IC SPRINKLER) 84" BEINSTALLED (2134mm) IN -LINE WITH PIPE RUN MAX. 6" (152mm) MIN. 60" (1524mm) MAX. CEILING FRAMING FIGURE 4: STEEL PIPE OBSTRUCTED WOOD TRUSS OR SOLID WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 5 of 6 UPPER DECK rNON-COMBUSTIBLE 2x WOOD JOISLOOR T I INSULATION WOOD JOIST ��p��J0�L9p449•�4••��%9D44q•�4L9��4��4g•�ppJJJO�•��n•PJp�94.00�•�pp��L4�f %r....�....�....��►�i�i�i�i�i�i�iL�i�i�i�i%i' •/,�.errorrenerr.✓re�rerrrrrrr�/rrrrrnrnrrJ:.irrrrrerre;�./ice.:.• INSULATION• 0' IN PLACE WITH METAL •. n n -�- WIRE NETTING 6" (152mm) MIN. FRAME ARMS MUST IN -LINE WITH PIPE RUN (1829 •MAX I I -CEILING FIGURE 5: STEEL PIPE NON-COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION FILLED UPPER DECK SOLID WOOD OR COMPOSITE WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION ORDERING INFORMATION Quantity • SIN • Style • Orifice •Thread Size Temperature • Finishes • Desired Quantity Wrench - P/N 325390 4077 Airpark Dr. Standish, MI 48658 Ph. 989-846-4583 GLOBE@ PRODUCT WARRANTY Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manu- factured products found to be defective in material or work- manship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). Technical Support 1-800-248-0278 techservice@globesprinkler.com www.globesprinkler.com k NOV 2018 REV. B GFS-600 (Formerly A-40) Page 6 of 6 �..� ---- i.. FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION QUICK RESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DRY TYPE PENDENT The Globe Quick Response Series GL-QR/DRY Pendent Sprinkler is designed for use in special applications such as freezing environments and conditions where sediment or foreign materials might accumulate in ordinary drop nipples. The Globe Quick Response Series GL-QR/DRY Pendent Sprinkler utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. This provides sprinkler operation approximately six times faster than ordinary sprinklers. At the ampule's rated temperature, the sprinkler opens releasing the bulb seat, causing the inner tube assembly to move, allowing the spring assembly to pivot alongside the inner tube. At this time, water flows through the sprinkler and is distributed by the deflector in an approved discharge pattern. It can be installed wherever standard spray sprinklers are specified but offers the additional feature of greatly increased safety to life. Quick Response Sprinklers should be used advisedly and under the direction of approving authorities having jurisdiction. The heart of Globe's Series GL-QR/DRY sprinkler proven actuating assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressurewithin the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an approved pattern. TECHNICAL DATA • See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. • Temperature Ratings - 135°F (57°C), 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C) 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141 °C) • Water Working Pressure Rating - 175 psi (12 Bars) • Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) • Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is -67-F (-55°C) • Frame - bronze • Deflector - brass • Screw - brass SERIES GL-QR/DRY SURFACE MOUNT SLEEVE & SKIRT EXTENDED RECESSED • Bulb Seat - brass • Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon • Retainer - brass • Pin - stainless steel • Torsion Spring - stainless steel • Orifice Insert - brass • Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size • 3/4"NPT or 1 "NPT • Outer Tube - galvanized steel pipe • Inner Tube - stainless steel • SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING AVAILABLE SPRINKLER N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING CLASSIFICATION BULB COLOR TEMPERATURES TEMPERATURE ORDINARY 135°F/155°F 57°C/68° ORANGE/RED 100°F 38°C INTERMEDIATE 175°F/200°F 79°C/93°C YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°C HIGH 286°F 141°C BLUE 225°F 107°C DEC 2017 GFS-505a (FormerlyA-55) QUICK RESPONSE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS GL SERIES DRY TYPE PENDENT SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL "K" FACTOR THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES 5.6 (80 metric) 3/4" or 1"NPT Factory Bronze cULus Variable to 48" FM Variable to 36" Chrome White Polyester' 8.0 (115 metric) 1"NPT Black Polyester',' NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 'FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 'cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER. APPROVALS NYC -DOB STYLE SIN K THREAD HAZARD' 135°F 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F *FM cULus M A FACTOR SIZE (57°C) (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) 101-92-E PENDENT GL5635 5.6 1"NPT LH/OH X X X X X X X X RECESSED GL5636 5.6 3/4"NPT LH/OH X X X X X --- X X PENDENT GL8135 8.0 1"NPT LH/OH X X X X X --- X X SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. *PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155-F (68°C), 200-F (93°C), AND 286-F (141-C) *RECESSED PENDENT STYLE - FM APPROVED 155°F (68-C) AND 20WF (93-C) LH: LIGHT HAZARD; OH: ORDINARY HAZARD CROSS SECTIONS -------J I TEE FITTING ------ TEE FITTING �ANS] B16.3 CL4551500R II�AN51 616.3 CLASS 150 OR AN B16,4 CLA55 125 ANSI E16.4 CLASS 125 FACE OF FACE OF TEE I_ - -_I TEE 2 1/2 LE; MIN. DIA. I� -- - FITTING iFITTING HOLE IN CEILING A.. 3" PIN."MI 3/4"NPt 3/1"NPt 2 1/2"MIND 3/4"NPT 21/4" MIN, 1"NPT 3 1/2" DIA. FACE OF �^l 1/2" MIN. DR. CEILING HOLE IN CEILING TWO PIECE 33/4"MtN, ESCUTCHEON II 9 3/4" MAX. 3" G. r FACE OF ESCUTCHEON 1/4' CEILING 2" EXTENDED SURFACE MOUNT TEE FITTING /TEE FITTING FANSI E16.3 CLASS 150 OR I _ ANSI B16.3 CLASS 150 OR ANSI B16.4 CLASS 125 ANSI B16.4 CLASS l25 FACE OF FACE OF TEE ' -�-J TEE FITTING FITTING 13/4' MIN. DN. .A„ HOLE IN CEILING -{ III "A'• 31/4"MIN .3/4"NPT 131/2MIN.. NPT JI IL 2 3/4" MIN, 1"NPT 1 1/2" MIN. -PT A. HOL1EIIN CEILING IMPORTANT INSTALLATION DATA Globe GL Series Dry Pendent Sprinklers should be installed in accordance with the requirements set forth in NFPA 13. These sprinklers are to be installed using a pipe wrench applied to the outer tube. When this is not possible, the proper sprinkler head wrench may be used with extreme care for lengths up to approximately 18". Excessive force may distort the frame thus destroying the unit. When installed in a wet system extending into a freezing area see chart on Dry Caution Sheet for minimum exposed barrel length to prevent ice plugs. Please refer to our Dry Caution Sheet for further important installation data. ORDERING INFORMATION SPECIFY • Quantity • SIN • Style • Orifice • Temperature • Finishes • Quantity - Wrenches - P/N 333010 • Quantity Recessed Wrenches - P/N 337014 • Escutcheons Desired • Quantity - Protective Caps - P/N 327109-cap (Friction Fit Recessed) "A" Dimension - Distance from face of fitting to the finished ceiling line regardless of escutcheon used. I I TWOPIECEJ CEILING GLOBE° PRODUCT WARRANTY ESGUTGHE°" 4•MA.. Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured 18 RETAINER FACE 11/4" MIN. CEILING OF 2"MAX. CCUP products found to be defective in material or workmanship for a RECESSED SLEEVE & SKIRT period of one year from date of shipment. For specific details of our warranty please refer to Price List e Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 4077AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDISH, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkler.com DEC 2017 PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-505a (FormerlyA-55) tqC00 Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers 5.6K Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response, Extended Coverage General Description TYCO Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers, 5.6 K-factor Horizontal Sidewall, Stan- dard (5 mm Bulb) and Quick Response (3 mm Bulb) and Extended Cover- age, are decorative glass bulb auto- matic sprinklers typically used where the sprinklers and/or a portion of the connecting piping may be exposed to freezing temperatures; for example, horizontal piping extensions through a wall to protect an unheated area of a building. Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprin- klers are designed for extended cover- age use in light hazard occupancies. NOTICE Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any ques- tions. Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Sprinkler Identification Numbers (SINs) TY3338 — 3 mm Bulb Type TY3358 — 5 mm Bulb Type Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E See Table A Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Inlet Thread Connections 1 in. NPT or ISO 7-R 1 Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 gpm/psi/2 (80,6 Ipm/bar') Temperature Ratings See Table A Finishes Sprinkler: Natural Brass, Chrome Plated, or Signal White Escutcheon: Signal White, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical Characteristics Inlet ............................. Copper Plug ............................. Copper Yoke ....................... Stainless Steel Casing ............. Galvanized Carbon Steel Insert.............................Bronze Bulb Seat ................... Stainless Steel Bulb...............................Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector..........................Bronze Frame ............................Bronze Guide Tube ................. Stainless Steel Water Tube ................. Stainless Steel Spring ....... Stainless Steel Gasketed Spring Plate Seal ........ Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Escutcheon .... Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel Operation When TYCO Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers are in service, water is pre- vented from entering the assembly by the Plug and Gasketed Spring Plate Seal (see Figure 1) in the Inlet of the sprinkler. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is released. The compressed Spring is then able to expand and push the Water Tube as well as the Guide Tube outward. This action simultaneously pulls inward on the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug and Gasketed Spring Plate Seal from the Inlet allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Page 1 of 8 NOVEMBER 2019 TFPS20 TFP520 Page 2 of 8 PLUG WITH YOKE INLET CASING INSERT FRAME 3 or 5 mm DEFLECTOR GASKETED SPRING BAND BULB PLATE SEAL WATER GUIDE BULB VENT COMPRESSION INLET 1" NPT SPRING TUBE TUBE SEAT HOLE SCREW FIGURE 1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL ASSEMBLY ORDER LENGTHS: 2-3/4" to 48" (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4"(6,4 mm) INCREMENTS FACE OF 1-3/4" DIA. SPRINKLER (44,5 FITTING I 1 SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) 2-3/8" ± 1/8" r (60,3 ± 3,2 mm) FACE OF - MOUNTING SURFACE 1 t 3" DIA. (76,2 mm) CENTERLINE 7/16" OF WATERWAY (11,1 mm) FIGURE 2 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON TY3338 (3 MM BULB) AND TY3358 (5 MM BULB) Design Criteria TYCO Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprin- klers are intended for use in fire sprin- kler systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency; for example, UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 requirements. Sprinkler Fittings Install 1 in. NPT Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers in the 1 in. NPT outlet or run of the following fittings: • malleable or ductile iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimen- sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (Class 150) • cast iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125) Do not install Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers into elbow fittings. The Inlet of the sprinkler can contact the interior of the elbow. The unused outlet of the threaded tee is plugged as shown in Figure 5. You can also install Series DS-1 Dry - Type Sprinklers in the outlet. The configuration shown in Figure 6 is only applicable for wet pipe systems where the sprinkler fitting and water - filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are not subject to freezing and where the length of the Dry -Type Sprinkler has the minimum exposure length depicted in Figure 6. See the Exposure Length section. For wet pipe system installations of 1 in. NPT Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprin- klers connected to CPVC piping, use only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: • 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Female Adapter (P/N 80145) • 1 in. x 1 in. x 1 in. NPT Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (P/N 80249) For dry pipe system installations, use only the side outlet of maximum 2 1/2 in. reducing tee when locat- ing Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers directly below the branch line. Oth- erwise, use the configuration shown in Figure 4 to assure complete water drainage from above Series DS-1 Dry - Type Sprinklers and the branch line. Failure to do so may result in pipe freezing and water damage. NOTICE Do not install Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers into any other type fitting. Failure to use the appropriate fitting may result in one of the following: • failure of the sprinkler to operate properly due to formation of ice over the Inlet Plug or binding of the Inlet Plug • insufficient engagement of the Inlet pipe threads with consequent leakage Drainage In accordance with the minimum requirements of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION for dry pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, and feed -main piping connected to Dry Sprinklers and subject to freezing tem- peratures must be pitched for proper drainage. TFP520 Page 3 of 8 TO DRY SYSTEM .00. DSB-2 " INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURES FIGURE 4 SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA 1-3/4" DIA. (44,5 mm) CLEARANCE INSULATED HOLE FREEZER ADHESIVE STRUCTURE DSB-2 BOOT I STRAP TIES (ENDS ON OPPOSING SHOWN WITH 1 I SIDES N STANDARD BOOT) ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 7 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH DRY -TYPE SPRINKLER NCH AT NCH ESS 0 FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 7 SPRINKLER WRENCH DSB-2 RUN INTENDED OUTLET FOR FREEZER PLUGGED STRUCTURES \ 1 INCH NPT TEE (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) TO DRY SYSTEM FIGURE 5 SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA Exposure Length When using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe sprinkler systems to protect areas subject to freezing temperatures, use Table C to determine a sprinkler's appropriate exposed barrel length to prevent water from freezing in the con- necting pipes due to conduction. The exposed barrel length measurement must be taken from the face of the sprinkler fitting to the surface of the structure or insulation that is exposed to the heated area. See Figure 6 for an example. For protected area temperatures between those given above, the minimum recommended length from the face of the fitting to the outside of the protected area may be determined by interpolating between the indicated values. EXPOSURE LENGTH (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING DSB-2 / INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURES HEATED AREA FIGURE 6 EXPOSURELENGTH Clearance Space In accordance with NFPA 13, when connecting an area subject to freez- ing and an area containing a wet pipe sprinkler system, the clearance space around the sprinkler barrel of Dry -Type Sprinklers must be sealed. Due to temperature differences between two areas, the potential for the formation of condensation in the sprinkler and sub- sequent ice build-up is increased. If this condensation is not controlled, ice build-up can occur that might damage the dry -type sprinkler and/or prevent proper operation in a fire situation. Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin- kler Boot, described in Technical Data Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figure 7, can provide the recommended seal. TFP520 Page 4 of 8 TY3338 Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon (3 mm Bulb Type) TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon Temperature Bulb Color (5 mm Bulb Type) Rating Code (See Figure 2) SPRINKLER FINISH Natural Brass Chrome Plated Signal White 135°F (57°C) Orange 1,2,3 155°F (68°C) Red Notes: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (maximum order length of 48 in.) 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (maximum order length of 48 in.) 3. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E TABLE A SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY -TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS Coverage' Minimum Minimum Top of Deflector -to -Ceiling Application W. x L. Flow Pressure Temperature Distance ft x ft gpm, psi Rating , (m x m) (Ipm) (bar) in. (mm) 16 x 16 26 21.6 TY3338 Horizontal Sidewall (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) 16 x 18 29 26.8 (3 mm Bulb Type) (4,9 x 5,5) (110) (1,85) For Quick Response, Light Hazard 16 x 20 32 32.7 Extended Coverage (4,9 x 6,1) (121) (2,25) per NFPA 13 18 x 16 29 26.8 (5,5 x 4,9) (110) (1,85) 135°F and 155°F (57°C and 68°C) 4 to 12 (100 to 300) 16 x 16 26 21.6 TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall (4,9 x 4,9) (98) (1,49) 16 x 18 29 26.8 (5 mm Bulb Type) (4,9 x 5,5) (110) (1,85) For Standard Response, Light Hazard 16 x 20 32 32.7 Extended Coverage (4,9 x 6,1) (121) (2,25) per NFPA 13 18 x 16 29 26.8 (5,5 x 4,9) (110) (1,85) Notes: 1. The minimum allowable spacing between sprinklers to prevent cold soldering is 14 ft (4,3 m) 2. To meet the deflector -to -ceiling distance of 4 to 12 in. (100 to 300 mm), the centerline of the sprinkler waterway must be 4-7/16 to 12-7/16 in. below the ceiling TABLE B SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY -TYPE SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL INSTALLATION CRITERIA TFPS20 Page 5 of 8 Temperatures for Heated Area' Ambient Temperature 40oF (4°C) 50°F (10°C) 60°F (16°C) Exposed to Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, Discharge End of Sprinkler in. (mm) 40oF (4°C) 0 0 0 30°F (-1 °C) 0 0 0 20°F 4 0 0 (-7°C) (100) 0 ( 12°C) (200) (25) 0°F 12 3 0 (-18°C) (305) (75) -10°F 14 4 1 (-23°C) (355) (100) (25) -20°F 14 6 3 (-29°C) (355) (150) (75) -30°F 16 8 4 (-34°C) (405) (200) (100) -40oF 18 8 4 (-40°C) (455) (200) (100) -50°F 20 10 6 (-46°C) (510) (255) (150) -60°F 20 10 6 (-51 °C) (510) (255) (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above, use the next cooler temperature 2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph (18,6 kph). TABLE C EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS TFP52O Page 6 of 8 Installation TYCO Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Cri- teria section. See the Design Criteria section for other important require- ments regarding piping design and sealing of the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing. Do not install any bulb type sprin- kler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diam- eter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm). A leak -tight 1 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum -to -maximum torque of 20 to 30 lb-ft (26,8 to 40,2 N•m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin- kler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an escutch- eon plate by under or over -tightening the sprinkler. Re -adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install horizontal sidewall sprin- klers in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word "TOP" on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. With a non -hardening pipe - thread sealant such as TEFLON tape applied to the Inlet threads, hand - tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Wrench -tighten the sprinkler using either: • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or the Casing, see Figure 1 • the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench on the Wrench Flat, see Figure 3 Apply the Wrench Recess of the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the Wrench Flat. Note: If sprinkler removal becomes neces- sary, remove the sprinkler using the same wrenching method noted above. Sprinkler removal is easier when a non -hardening sealant was used and torque guidelines were followed. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for damage. Step 4. After installing the ceiling or wall and applying a ceiling finish, slide on the outer piece of the escutcheon until it comes in contact with the ceiling or wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel out of its normal position. Care and Maintenance TYCO Series DS-1 Dry -Type Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat (Figure 1) to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage from the Vent Hole is an indication that there may be seepage past the Inlet seal and that the sprinkler needs to be removed for determining the cause of leakage (for example, an improper installation or an ice plug). The fire pro- tection system control valve must be closed and the system drained before removing the sprinkler. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced IT they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers — before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Seethe Installation Section. If a sprinkler must be removed, do not reinstall it or a replacement without reinstalling the Cover Plate Assembly. If a Cover Plate Assembly becomes dislodged during service, replace it immediately. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. TFP520 Page 7 of 8 P/N* 60 - XXX - X - XXX ORDER SIN SPRINKLER ESCUTCHEON LENGTH** FINISH FINISH (1 in. NPT), 135°F (57°C) (1 in. NPT), 155°F (68°C) 950 EC Sidewall 5 mm Bulb TY3358 951 EC Sidewall 5 mm Bulb TY3358 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name, including description and Part Number (P/N). Dry Sprinklers When ordering 5.6 K-factor Series DS-1 Horizontal Sidewall, Standard or Quick Response, Extended Coverage Dry - Type Sprinklers, specify the following information: • SIN: TY3338 —Quick Response TY3358 —Standard Response • Bulb Size (3 or 5 mm) • Order Length: Dry -Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as mea- sured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting, see Figure 2. After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 in. increment. • Inlet Connections: 1 in. NPT or ISO 7-R 1 • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Standard Escutcheon and Finish • Part Number from Table D 055 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name, including description and Part Number (P/N). Dry Sprinklers When ordering 5.6 K-factor Series DS-1 Horizontal Sidewall, Standard or Quick Response, Extended Coverage Dry - Type Sprinklers, specify the following information: • SIN: TY3338 —Quick Response TY3358 —Standard Response • Bulb Size (3 or 5 mm) • Order Length: Dry -Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as mea- sured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting, see Figure 2. After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 in. increment. • Inlet Connections: 1 in. NPT or ISO 7-R 1 • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Standard Escutcheon and Finish • Part Number from Table D 055 5.50 in. Sprinkler Wrench Specify W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 Sprinkler Boot Specify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 This Part Number includes one (1) Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for installing one boot). TFP520 Page 8of8 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone A-215-362-0700 02019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson 400 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; Controls TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont % �q 5 OF EXCELLENCE SYSTEM COMPATIBLE <�FM> C&uS APPROVED LISTED N.Y.C. MEA #261-99-E CA: OPA-0672 FLEXHEADO INDUSTRIES The pioneers in lexible fire protection The FtexHead Advantage FlexHead QUALITY Best corrosion resistance Made from 100% 304 stainless steel • Excellent friction loss values One -inch true -bore ID reducing the need to upsize mains and branch lines • Pressure surge protection Fully braided connection improves pressure capability and prevents hose damage • Highest maximum working pressure Rated up to 300 psig • No o-rings or gaskets Welded connections reduce potential leak points at the inlet and outlet fitting • Tightest thread tolerances Outlet fitting threads are machined from solid bar stock reducing potential leaks at the sprinkler head fit -up Extra stability Bracket has a full 6 inch base to stabilize the sprinkler head during installation, pressurization or activation FlexHead FEATURES • Is seismically qualified for use, eliminating the need for an oversized ring around the sprinkler head in seismic areas • Has the same product design that is dual listed by both UL and FM • Can be produced domestically to meet all your project requirements • Has serial identification with complete audit tracking of finished goods • Has a comprehensive limited warranty backed by an A++ insurance company FL FM C nu. SYSTEM COMPATIBLE APPAOVDI LISTED v I N D U S T R I E S U.S. and international patents pending: #6,123,154, #6,119,784, #6,752,218, #7,032,680, The pioneers inflexible fire protection #6, 488, 097. The FlexHead name and logo are trademarks of FlexHead Industries. 800-829-6975 www.flexhead.com FGG/BM/CZT" System Compatible indicates that this product has been tested, and is monitored on an ongoing basis, to assure its chemical compatibility with FlowGuard Gold@, BlazeMoster® and Corzan® pipe and fittings. FGG/BM/CZ', FlowGuard Gold'% BlozeMaster®, and Corzan® are licensed trademarks of The Lubrizol Corporation USGBC and LEED are registered trademarks of the U.S. Green Building Council. Index Installation Instructions 'f- NFPA 13 Code Language and Seismic Qualification 3 Friction Loss Data and Specifications 5 Product Specification Sheets 7 FM Global: Testing & Approvals 9 FlexHead Products in Use 11 Loss Prevention Certification Board: Testing & Certifications 13 CA Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development 15 Other Approvals/Information 17 MEA Approval: NYC Department of Buildings 19 Limited Warranty Mc Installation Instructions Tools Required Standard pipe wrench Safety glasses Adjustable wrench Screwdriver Materials Required Sprinkler pipe thread sealant Teflon' tape 1. Mounting Bracket Assembly M#: MP-24-BKT-2 Remove one (1) 3/8" bolt and one (1) 1/4" bolt from hardware bag in box. Remove (1) universal hub and one (1) mounting bracket from box. Thread the 3/8" bolt through side of universal hub. Select one (1) of the four (4) sprinkler port locations on mounting bracket. A. Insert tab of universal hub into slot on mounting bracket as shown. (Photo 1a) B. Flip bracket over and insert and tighten 1/4" attachment bolt thru pre -punched hole in bracket until tight as shown. (Photo 1b) B. Thread the 3/8" bolt through side of universal hub. 01 2. Attach Mounting Bracket to T-bar Suspended Ceiling Grid Note: These products are designed for use with Intermediate or Heavy Duty ceiling grids manufactured to ASTM C 635 (Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings) and ASTM C 636 (Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels) Designation. A. From above the ceiling, position FlexHead Mounting Bracket ends on to T-bar grid so that the center hole in support bracket aligns directly above the sprinkler hole prepared in ceiling tile. Be sure the center section of the bracket end is on the outside of grid and base section is on the inside. Position the ends of the support bracket on the T-bar grid and push each of the two (2) ends of the bracket down to snap in place as shown. (Photo 2) 3. Anchor Bracket to T-bar Grid A. Anchor bracket to t-bar grid with self tapping screw through bottom hole in bracket end into grid. Be sure to install self taping screw in lower hole of bracket end with attachment clip as shown. Repeat process on opposite end of bracket. Both ends of bracket should be anchored as shown. (Photo 3) 4. Connect FlexHead to Sprinkler Branch -line Apply teflon tape and pipe sealant to one inch (1") threaded end of FlexHead Sprinkler Drop per NFPA guidelines. Attach one inch (1") threaded end of FlexHead Sprinkler Drop to branch -line per NFPA, State and local code guidelines. The flexible hose with fitting is only intended to be installed with bends. Do not use welded or braided hose section of FlexHead Sprinkler Drop for a wrenching surface. Attach FlexHead Sprinkler Drop using rigid pipe end of units as wrenching surface as shown. (Photo 4) 5. Secure FlexHead Sprinkler Drop to Mounting Bracket and Install Sprinkler Head A. Bend the Flexhead to hold its desired position. Do not overbend the flexible hose. FlexHead has a 3" (75mm) minimum bend radius per UL guidelines and 8" per FM guidelines. Insert reducing coupling end of FlexHead Sprinkler Drop through center hole in previously installed support bracket and hole in ceiling tile. Make sure the hose is bent sufficiently so that the reducing coupling sits perfectly vertical in center hole of support bracket. Do not torque or twist FlexHead during installation process. (Photo 5a) B. Attach sprinkler head, properly prepared with teflon tape and sealant to FlexHead Sprinkler Drop according to NFPA and sprinkler head manufacturer's guidelines. (Photo 5b) WARNING! These installation instructions are for qualified and/or licensed technicians in the Fire Protection field ONLY. Consult NFPA, FM, UL, state and local code guidelines prior to installation. Failure to follow these specific instructions may cause personal injury. Installation technicians must read the entire manual prior to attempting installation of product. During maintenance or inspection of FlexHead product, facility fire protection system MUST BE INACTIVE. DO NOT ATTEMPT RELOCATION OR MAINTENANCE WHEN FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM IS "LIVE." C. Adjust FlexHead Sprinkler height to accommodate type of sprinkler head. When sprinkler head is in desired location, tighten the fastening bolt on center hub of support bracket by turning clockwise hand tight plus 1 turn (100 inch lbs) with wrench as shown. After tightening the bolt, tighten the nut hand tight plus 1 turn (100 inch lbs) with wrench. (Photo 5c) 6. Installation of the FlexHead Ceiling Sprinkler System Is Complete • Test installation of sprinkler system for any Leaks per NFPA Guidelines. • Install sprinkler escutcheon from below ceiling per manufacturers guidelines. 2 NFPA 13 Code Language and Seismic Qualification NFPA 13 Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems 2007 Edition 9.2.1.3.3* Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings. A. 9.2.1.3.3 Examples of areas of use include clean rooms, suspended ceilings, and exhaust ducts. 9.2.1.3.3.1 Listed flexible sprinkler hose fittings and its anchoring components, intended for use in installations connecting the sprinkler piping to sprinklers, shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Listing including any installation instructions. 9.2.1.3.3.2 When installed and supported by suspended ceilings, the ceiling shall meet ASTM C-635 and shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C-636. 9.2.1.3.3.3* When flexible sprinkler hose fittings exceed 6 ft in Length and are supported by a suspended ceiling a hanger(s) attached to the structure shall be required to ensure that the maximum unsupported length does not exceed 6 ft. A. 9.2.1.3.3.3 The committee evaluation of flexible sprinkler hose fittings supported by suspended ceilings was based upon a comparison of the weight of a 6 ft, 1 in diameter sch 40 water -filled flexible hose fitting weighing approximately 9 lbs. The information provided to the committee showed that the maximum Load shed to the suspended ceiling by the flexible hose fitting was approximately 6 Lbs and that a suspended ceiling meeting ASTM C-635, Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension of Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings, and installed in accordance with ASTM C-636, Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panels, can substantially support the Load. In addition, the supporting material showed that the flexible hose connection can be attached to the suspended ceilings because it allows the necessary deflections under seismic conditions. 3 FlexHead' Satisfies New Seismic Code Requirements Typically, each unit consists of a threaded pipe nipple for connecting to the main or branch feeder line, a flexible hose in standard lengths, a reducing fitting that the sprinkler head attaches to, and a mounting bracket. Pipe nipple Sprinkler branchline Flexible connecting hose in standard Lengths — allows the head to move in any direction during a seismic event without causing damage to the sprinkler system bracket I iReducing fitting Suspended t-bar grid Ceiling tile Sprinkler head FlexHead Industries recently satisfactorily completed full-scale seismic qualification testing at the Structural Engineering Earthquake Simulation Laboratory located at the State University of New York at Buffalo. Tests were conducted using the International Code Council (ICC) acceptance criteria "ICC-ES AC-156 Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural Components". This is the first time a sprinkler component has been seismically certified using test criteria accepted by the ICC. • More than 90% of the states in the U.S. are adopting the International Building Code (IBC) that address, among other things, the installation of fire sprinkler systems in seismic zones. • The latest version of the IBC defers to ASCE 7 for the sprinkler/ceiling design in Seismic Design Categories (SDC) C and D, E & F. • In Seismic Design Category C, suspended ceilings are to be designed and installed in accordance with Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (CISCA) recommendations for Zones 0-2; and sprinkler heads and other penetrations shall have a minimum of 1/4-inch clearance on all sides. • In Seismic Design Categories D, E & F, suspended ceilings are to be designed and installed in accordance with CISCA recommendations for seismic Zones 3 and 4 with some additional requirements. Except where rigid braces are used to limit lateral deflections, sprinkler heads and other penetrations shall have a 2-inch oversized ring, sleeve, or adapter through the ceiling to allow for free movement of at least 1 inch of ceiling movement in all horizontal directions. Flexible sprinkler connection provide characteristics that exceed the most stringent seismic code requirements. The flexibility of the hose allows the head to move with the ceiling in any direction during a seismic event without causing damage to the sprinkler system. FlexHead Industries recently satisfactorily completed full-scale seismic qualification testing at the Structural engineering Earthquake Simulation Laboratory located at the State University of New York at Buffalo using the International Code Council (ICC) testing standard "ICC AC-156 Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural Components". 4 Outlet Hose Maximum Equivalent Maximum Maximum Rated Internal FlexHead Orifice AssemblyMaximum Length of Schedule 40, Ambient Pressure I.D. Model # Size Length Number of Nominal 1 in. Diameter Temperature psi (kPa)/ psi (kPa) in in (cm) ft cm ( ► 90 degree Bends Pi e, p ft RatingF (CI Standard H-Series 3 FM 18.4 UL 11 300° (148°) 2024, 2024H 1 1/2 (1.27) 2(0.6) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2036, 2036H 1 1/2 (1.27) 3(0.9) 3 26.6 16 L 300Q (1489) 175 (1205)/ 300 (2068) 2048, 2048H 1 1/2 (1.27) 4(1.2) 4 30.3 24 300Q (1489) 175 (1205)/ 300 (2068) 2060, 2060H 1 1/2 (1.27) 5(1.5) 4 35.8 29 300Q (148°) 175 (1205)/ 300 (2068) 2072, 2072H 1 1/2 (1.27) 6(1.8) 4 45.6 35 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2024 75, 2024H 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 2(0.6) 3 14.7 12 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2036 75, 2036H 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 3(0.9) 3 21.8 18 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2048 75, 2048H 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 4(1.2) 4 29.0 23 300Q (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2060 75, 2060H 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 5(1.5) 4 36.1 29 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2072 75, 2072H 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 6(1.8) 4 43.2 32 300° (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 175psi, 300psi 2024E, 2024HE 1 1/2 (1.27) 2(0.6) 3 26.4,14.7 19 3009 (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2036E, 2036HE 1 1/2 (1.27) 3(0.9) 3 30.1, 21.8 23 3009 (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2048E, 2048HE 1 1/2 (1.27) 4(1.2) 4 33.8, 29.0 27 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2060E, 2060HE 1 1/2 (1.27) 5(1.5) 4 37.5, 36.1 32 3001(148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2072E, 2072HE 1 1/2 (1.27) 6(1.8) 4 41.2, 43.2 35 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2024E 75, 2024HE 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 2(0.6) 3 14.7 18 3009 (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2036E 75, 2036HE 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 3(0.9) 3 21.8 23 3009(1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2048E 75, 2048HE 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 4(1.2) 4 29.0 23 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2060E 75, 2060HE 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 5(1.5) 4 36.1 29 300° (148°) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2072E 75, 2072HE 75 1 3/4 (1.90) 6(1.8) 4 43.2 32 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 2036F 1.25 1/2 (5.6) 3(0.9) 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 3 16.0 4 2048F 1.25 1/2 (5.6) 4(1.2) 19.6 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 4 2072F 1.25 1/2 (5.6) 6(1.8) 22.8 300Q (1489) 175 (1205) / 300 (2068) 20361`75 1.25 3/4 (14) 3(0.9) 3 9.3 3009 (148°) 175 (1205) 2048F75 1.25 3/4 (14) 4(1.2) 4 11.4 3 175 (1205) 2072F75 1.25 3/4 (14) 6(1.8) 4 15 300Q (148°) 175 (1205) 20361`100 1.25 3(0.9) 3009(1489) 175 (1205) 1 (14) 3 7.1 4 8.3 2048F100 1.25 1 (14) 4(1.2) 300Q (148°) 175 (1205) 1 4 1 10.1 20721`100 1 1.25 1 1 (14) 1 6(1.8) 1 3009(1489) 175 (1205) Model Numbers: The "H" designates high pressure unit rated to 300 psig and the "E" designates elbow style unit. ■ The "I"' designates high flow rate using 1 1/4" internal hose diameter. ■ FlexHead products are intended for use in hydraulically designed wet, pre -action, deluge or dry pipe sprinkler connections per NFPA 13,13R, and 13D guidelines. The hydraulic loss of the FlexHead connector needs to be included in the hydraulic design calculations the same as a valve or fitting. Each FlexHead sprinkler drop has a 3-minimum bend radius per UL guidelines and a 8-minimum bend radius per FM guidelines. **FM Equivalent Length Numbers include maximum "K- factor sprinkler head that is listed.** * Equivalent lengths are shown with maximum number of 90 degree bends at the minimum bend -radius. Different values were obtained by FM and UL due to the differences in minimum bend radius, testing protocol and _ calculation methods. Please see individual testing standards for more information relative to friction loss (Equivalent Length of Pipe). Maximum K-factor 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.62 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.62 5.62 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 5.62 5.62 5.62 14.0 14.0 14.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 "1 10 ReAead Suspended Ceiling Detail Sprinkler head (not included) Each FM approved and UL listed unit is ready to install, pressure- and leak -tested, and comes complete with a flexible stainless steel hose and mounting bracket with adjustable hub. ReAead Sheetrock Ceiling Detail Sprinkler head (not included) FlexHead 3" Bend Radius per UL Guidelines (2 Bends Shown) "Must have 8" bend radius per FM guidelines FlexHead Shown with 3 Bends 0 Hose Specification Sheet Regular Model Elbow Model Tto 1 inch NPT threads ANSI B1.20.1 - B Typ. 304 SS Sch. 40 Pipe B i Weld per ANSI/AWS — B2.1-00 Typ. 304 SS Braid Sleeve Typ. 304 SS Corrugated Hose N1 inch true -bore internal diameter A provides lower friction loss Typ. 304 SS Braid to prevent elongation and improve pressure retention Weld per ANSI/AWS — B2.1-00 T. Typ. 304 SS C Typ. 304 SS outlet spud 1/2 & 3/4 inch �— female NPT threads to ANSI B1.20.1 Model # A in. B in. C in. D in. E in. 2024 2024E 24 3 4.5 1.5 3 4 3.5, 5 6 2036 2036E 36 3 4.5 1.5 3 4 3.5 5 6 2048 2048E 48 3 4.5 1.5 3 4 3.5 5 6 2060 2060E 60 3 4.5 1.5 3 4 3.51 5 6 2072 2072E 72 3 4.5 1 1.5, 3, 4 1 3.5, 5, 6 � E� 7 Bracket Specification Sheet Multiport Design (For use with T-bar and Metal Stud applications) Model #: MP24BKT2 (4) 2.50" Adjustable Design (For use with T-bar, Metal Stud, and Chicago Grid applications): standard sizes are 16", 24" and 30" long Model #s: ADI6BKT2/AD24BKT2/AD30BKT2 16"/24"/30" - 0.290" TO O O L298" 1.500 + 6" �oio o /5"/5---1 �-2.33"/5"/5'L-� �-2.33"/5" 7.74"/15.75"/15.75" 2.50" 2.375" 1.135" 2.60" Adjustable Design (for use with T-bar, Metal Stud, and Chicago Grid applications): standard size 48" long Model #s: AD48BKT2 is RexHead Commercial Products 24", 36", 48", 60", 72" hose lengths, Rated working pressure 175psi, optional 300psi. Straight model, Standard 1" I.D., optional 11/4" I.D. Model #s: see page 5. 24" Multiport Bracket for T-bar Grid or Metal Stud applications. Model #: MP24BKT2 (standard bracket). Hat Channel Bracket System for Metal Stud or Hat Channel applications. Model #: AD24BKT2 with BKT-HTA. Bracket for Confined Space applications having a concrete deck above the ceiling. Model #: UH-2. 24", 36", 48", 60", 72" hose lengths. Rated working pressure 175psi, optional 300psi. Elbow model. Standard 1" I.D., optional 11/4" I.D. Model #s: see page 5. 16"/24"/30" Adjustable Bracket for T-bar Grid, Chicago Grid or Metal Stud applications. Model #s: ADI6BKT2/AD24BKT2/AD30BKT2. Armstrong® TechZone Ceiling Bracket for use with Armstrong TechZone Ceiling systems. Available in both 4" and 6" long. Model #s: SP04BKT2/SP06BKT2. 48" Adjustable Bracket for T-bar Grid or Metal Stud applications. Model #: AD48BKT2. 0 Examples where Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings are used: Suspended Ceilings M� Institutional Exhaust Ducts Cleanroom Ceilings Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings were developed to satisfy specific needs of the industry, save the industry millions in losses, provide superior seismic protection and promote the installation of sprinklers. They have been evaluated for use by both I&W LISTED FM APPROVED I Underwriters Laboratory and FM approvals and are tested to approval standards that were independently developed by the testing laboratories. The first listing for a Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fitting was in 1990. 10 Testing and Approvals FM Global Testing —Approval Standard FM 163 7 * FlexHead' series 2000 stainless steel sprinkler connections Hydrostatic Strength Test A sample FlexHead was subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of four (4) times the rated working pressure of 175 psi (1205 kpa) to 700 psi (4825 kpa) for a period of five minutes. The assembly showed no signs of rupture, cracking, permanent distortion, or deterioration of performance characteristics. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. Vibration Test A sample FlexHead was secured to a vibration table. The FlexHead hose was bent in a 90' angle and pressurized to 90 psi (620 kpa) and the mounting bracket and hose were then subjected to a total of 25 hours of severe vibration conditions. After the successful completion of the vibration tests the sample was subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test at 700 psi and showed no signs of deterioration. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. Friction Loss (Equivalent length of pipe) To determine the effect of the FlexHead to the discharge coefficient of the sprinkler, the average friction loss through the FlexHead shall be equated to the theoretical length of nominal 1" diameter schedule 40 sprinkler pipe which would produce the same amount of friction loss. Please see friction loss table. Vacuum Test A sample FlexHead was subjected to a vacuum of 25 inHG for a period of five minutes. After the successful completion of the Vacuum Test the sample was subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test at 700 psi and showed no signs of deterioration. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. Pressure Cycling Test A sample FlexHead was filled with water and bent at a 90' angle and subjected to 20,000 cycles of pressure varying from 0 psi (0 kpa) to 175 psi (1205 kpa) at a rate of approximately 6 cycles per minute. After the successful completion of the pressure cycling tests the sample was subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test at 700 psi and showed no signs of deterioration. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. Fatigue Test A sample FlexHead was subjected to 50,000 cycles of repeated flexing at a rate of 5 to 30 cycles per minute per section 8.3 of ISO standard 10380. After the successful completion of the fatigue test the sample was subjected to the hydrostatic pressure test at 700 psi and showed no signs of deterioration. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. Head Deployment A sample FlexHead installed in a suspended ceiling was fitted with a sprinkler head and pressurized to 26-175 psi. The sprinkler head was then activated by a heat source at various pressures, and the sprinkler head deployed. The assembly showed no signs of distortion or deterioration of performance on the assembly or sprinkler head. The FlexHead successfully passed this test. * Condensed Summary — Please see approval standard for full testing and approval criteria. 11 FM APPROVED FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE WITH FITTINGS FOR COMMERCIAL SUSPENDED CEILINGS Flexible sprinkler hose with threaded end fittings are for use in commercial suspended ceilings. The flexible hoses are to be installed according to the manufacturer's directives. Unless indicated, the hoses have a rated working pressure of 175 (1205 kPa). Flexhead Industries, Inc. 56 Lowland St, Holliston MA 01746 muuet n r i jn. nuse r+ssemuLy ten9w ri km) 2024/2024 75 1/2/3/4 2 (0.6) 2036/2036 75 1/2/3/4 3 (0.9) 2048/2048 75 1/2/3/4 4(1.2) 2060/2060 75 1/2/3/4 5 (1.5) 2072/2072 75 1/2/3/4 6 (1.8) Model NPT in. Hose Assembly length ft (m) 2024E 1/2 2 (0.6) 2036E 1/2 3 (0.9) 2048E 1/2 4(1.2) 2060E 1/2 5 (1.5) 2072E 1/2 6 (1.8) Model NPT in. Hose Assembly length ft (m) 2024H 1/2 2 (0.6) 2036H 1/2 3 (0.9) 2048H 1/2 4(1.2) 2060H 1/2 5 (1.5) 2072H 1/2 6 (1.8) Model NPT in. Hose Assembly length ft (m) 2024I 1/2 2 (0.5) 2036I 1/2 3 (0.9) 2048I 1/2 4(1.2) 2060I 1/2 5 (1.5) 2072I 1/2 6 (1.8) This is a standard flexible hose with a pressure rating of 175 psi (1205 kPa). Approval on these models of flexible metal sprinkler hose is Limited for use in commercial suspended ceilings, with a ceiling bracket system manufactured by FlexHead Industries Inc. The brackets are identified below. This is a standard flexible hose with a pressure rating of 175 psi (1205 kPa). Approval on these models of flexible metal sprinkler hose incorporates a stainless steel elbow welded on the outlet end of hose and are limited for use in commercial suspended ceilings, with a ceiling bracket system manufactured by FlexHead Industries Inc. The brackets are identified below. The "H" designation indicates a pressure rating of 300 psi (2070 kPa). Approval on these models of flexible metal sprinkler hose is Limited for use in commercial suspended ceilings, with a ceiling bracket system manufactured by FlexHead Industries Inc. The brackets are identified below. The "I" designation indicates and "Institutional" flexible hose with a pressure rating of 175 psi (1205 kPa). Approval of these models of flexible metal sprinkler hose is Limited for use with pendant and horizontal sidewall applications with a UH-1 ceiling/wall bracket manufactured by FlexHead Industries. The different FlexHead Industries, Inc. Brackets are identified as follows: Part Number M P-24-BKT-2 SP-06-TZ-BKT TZ = Tech Zone 06 = Length in inches of bracket AD-16-BKT-2 AD = Adjustable 16 = Length in inches of bracket AD-24-BKT-2 24 = Length in inches of bracket AD-30-BKT-2 BKT = Bracket 30 = Length in inches of bracket AD-48-BKT-2 48 = Length in inches of bracket is Testing and Listings Underwriters Laboratory Testing —Listing Standard UL2443* RexHead`° series 2000 stainless steel sprinkler connections Hydrostatic Pressure Test The sample length is to be measured and then the hydrostatic pressure increased to 1.5 times the rated working pressure and held for 1 minute. The sample Length is then to be measured again and the length shall not change by more than 0.1 inch/foot of hose Length. Mechanical Strength Test A flexible sprinkler hose with fittings installed in its intended position using the anchoring components referenced in the installation instructions shall withstand a torque of 60 pound -feet (81 Nm) applied to the outlet without movement of the fitting outlet, deformation, or fracture. High Temperature Exposure Test Two samples are to be prepared and subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of twice the rated working pressure. The samples are then to be allowed to dry and then exposed to an ambient temperature in accordance with Table 10.1 for 90 days. Following this exposure, the samples are to be individually subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of twice the rated working pressure for 1 minute. Vibration Test Samples are to be vibrated for a period of 30 hours at frequencies ranging from 18 to 37 Hz. During and after being subjected to the required vibration, the samples are to be examined for signs of leakage, rupture, or movement of the outlet fitting affecting the performance of the flexible hose assembly. Equivalent Length Determination A sample of each length shall be tested in straight Lengths and with the maximum number of minimum radii bends referenced in the installation instructions. The calculated pressure loss from the piezometers, corrected for the inlet and outlet velocities, are to be subtracted from the test sample results to obtain a pressure drop for the fitting. Using the Hazen -Williams coefficient of friction of 120, the equivalent length, in feet (m) of pipe, is to be calculated. Salt Spray Corrosion Test Ferrous flexible sprinkler hose with fittings and ferrous anchoring components not protected with a coating shall withstand an exposure to a salt spray atmosphere for 10 days without exhibiting any incipient corrosion. Stress -Corrosion Cracking of Stainless Steel Parts Test Austenitic stainless steel parts shall show no evidence of cracking, delamination, or degradation after being subjected to boiling magnesium chloride solution. The exposure is to last for 150 hours. The test samples are to be examined using a microscope having a magnification of 25X for any cracking, delamination, or other degradation as a result of the test exposure. Low Temperature Test for Dry Pipe Systems Each sample is to be gradually pressurized with air to a pressure of 40 psig (276 kPa) and then sealed. The pressurized assembly is then to be placed horizontally in air maintained at a temperature of minus 40°F (minus 40°C) for a period of 24 hours. Following the 24 hour low temperature exposure, the assembly is to be place in room ambient temperature of 73 ±5°F (23 ±3°C) for an additional 24 hour period. There shall be no decrease in the pressure in the assembly from the pressure measured before the low temperature exposure. Pressure Cycling Test The samples are to be connected to a pressure cycling apparatus, filled with water and vented of all air. The internal pressure is to be cycled 3,000 times from 0 psig (0 kPa) to twice the rated working pressure to 0 psig (0 kPA) at an approximate rate of 10 cycles per minute. During the pressure cycling, observations are to be made for evidence of leakage or physical damage. Vacuum Test Flexible sprinkler hose with fittings shall withstand a vacuum of minus 8.84 psi (minus 61 kPa) without collapse, leakage, or other deterioration of the flexible sprinkler hose and fitting performance characteristics. High Pressure Flow Test Flexible sprinkler hose with fittings and its anchoring components shall maintain the attached sprinkler in the intended operating position while the sprinkler discharges water at 90 percent of the rated pressure of the flexible sprinkler hose. Fatigue Test (Limited Flexibility) Flexible hose with fittings shall withstand without Leakage or damage repeated flexing in a direction parallel to the axis of the end fittings. The number of flexing cycles shall be 100 cycles. 13 * Condensed Summary —Please see approval standard for full testing and approval criteria. Testing and Listings Underwriters Laboratory Testing —VENF.EX5269 Flexible Sprinkler Hose with Fittings See General Information for Flexible Sprinkler Hose with Fittings FLEXHEAD INDUSTRIES EX5269 LOWLAND IND PARK 56 LOWLAND ST HOLLISTON, MA 01746 USA Max Rated Nom Inlet Pressure Ambient by Outlet Model psig Temp, °F Size, in. Assembly Length ft (mm) Max No. of 90° Bends Equivalent Length of 1 in. Schedule 40 Min Bend Steel Pipe Flexibility Radius, in. (C=120), ft Type 2024 175 300 1 by 1 2 2 3 3 11 Limited 2036 175 300 1 by 112 3 3 3 16 Limited 2048 175 300 1 by 1 2 4 4 3 24 Limited 2060 175 300 1 by 112 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072 175 300 1 by 1 2 6 4 3 35 Limited 2024 175 300 1 by 3 4 2 3 3 12 Limited 2036 175 300 1 by 3 4 3 3 3 18 Limited 2048 175 300 1 by 3 4 4 4 3 23 Limited 2060 175 300 1 by 3 4 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072 175 300 1 by 3 4 6 4 3 32 Limited 2024H 300 300 1 by 1 2 2 3 3 11 Limited 2036H 300 300 1 by 112 3 3 3 16 Limited 2048H 300 300 1 by 1 2 4 4 3 24 Limited 2060H 300 300 1 by 1 2 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072H 300 300 1 by 1 2 6 4 3 35 Limited 2024H 300 300 1 b 3 4 2 3 3 12 Limited 2036H 300 300 1 by 3 4 3 3 3 18 Limited 2048H 300 300 1 by 3 4 4 4 3 23 Limited 2060H 300 300 1 by 3 4 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072H 300 300 1 by 3 4 6 4 3 32 Limited 2024E 175 300 1 by 1 2 2 3 3 19 Limited 2036E 175 300 1 by 112 3 3 3 23 Limited 2048E 175 300 1 by 1 2 4 4 3 1 27 Limited 2060E 175 300 1 by 1 2 5 4 3 32 Limited 2072E 175 300 1 by 1 2 6 4 3 35 Limited 2024E 175 300 1 by 3 4 2 3 3 18 Limited 2036E 175 300 1 by 3 4 3 3 3 23 1 Limited 2048E 175 300 1 by 3 4 4 4 3 23 Limited 2060E 175 300 1 by 3 4 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072E 175 300 1 by 3 4 6 4 3 32 Limited 2024HE 300 300 1 by 1 2 2 3 3 19 Limited 2036HE 300 300 1 by 1 2 3 3 3 23 Limited 2048HE 300 300 1 by 1 2 4 4 3 27 Limited 2060HE 300 300 1 by 1 2 5 4 3 32 Limited 2072HE 300 300 1 by 1 2 6 4 1 3 35 Limited 2024HE 300 300 1 by 3 4 2 3 1 3 18 Limited 2036HE 300 300 1 by 3 4 3 3 3 23 Limited 2048HE 300 300 1 by 3 4 4 4 3 23 Limited 2060HE 300 300 1 by 3 4 5 4 3 29 Limited 2072HE 300 300 1 by 3 4 6 4 3 32 Limited These flexible sprinkler hose with fittings are intended to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Copyright © 2009 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc. The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow - Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow-UpService. Always look for the Mark on the product. is & 509M ENMNEMUNG FLEMEAD INDUSTRIES rAFMWSW�1 m it LA BW NNW � La 20r OfficeStotWicle Health Planning and Dmmlopmomt ANCHORAGE PRE -APPROVAL EX -5nr6 }VTR 5U7M-f OCz KR NFFA &-AcE Una �� 103? OF I?E.,. ) FLH*fr r ONTO 1'-5AR CEII_Iw T-EM GEILIN5 6RD (B" E N&IhE R OF RE C,A5_ AT. = 0.11 L . MAX. 6 YANI 9-EFT tfTAl L1ff] SF-EET MEXAL TAMPER RE-XrANr (0ON EACfl [D-PWLM=13Y FLEx Pl lhl F� V W-T WT}1 t5Y Q Ne<� BACKNO ILJr ELFVATI0N GENERAL HOTE5! I, AW-MORME DE5 M 20[J i r�ALFORNIA BUILDIk5 C, � - `.tCTI6k Ib13A AW ASIE 7-05 1,;-ECTION5 12 AW 13. ALLOKAKA 5T N 15 Imo, II-MWNTAL FORGE (W = Z k� us = I .'T3, I P ' 1.5, Up ° 2.5, R P = 25) T16AL FCCGE S. ) 3 0.27 Wp .2. OF ROCORP FOR -HE DX9145 SHALL PR VI WPPORT 5TP,UGTl MI P r0 5I)PPORT IEI IT5 AND F _C.r5 W". 3. 7INFF R 015 RECM TO VFRIFY C,0WELTION MILL = FRMIT ADIEMATE 9I5 -AC T IN ALL PIRF:GTGN5. t 3 No. 3 6 p ,71-OiT� t _ AJA2 J—i . �F 15 A P P R O V E D Food Equipment AnchoWi§ OP,-0672-07 ,waw , Pr mweww m 9A@tg !ww_agpfpm*otonV60r ipm FLMD INDUSTRIES A IA AM 2 cw 2 z mm, M1 11—M FMHVW SAWN ER ONE N MOML # XM M& M4E XW& =Elam *2&9 1 Office cf Statrkide Health Planning and Development ANCHORAGE PIKE -APPROVAL EM5TIR9 WATER 5*1r1Y LI)E PL-R f"A E3JVL LM:5 WT. _ I6 5A. 6ALVANIZED SHEET METAL MITI# HETA-MN� IWLER PE, ' 5GLT WIRi i-P,,�'fF� FAR u- I49 WT INi OF tj ELEVAI10K GENERA— 1I5- 1. WHORME PE51614 PER 2001 GA-IFORNIA M LP IM6 60DE - 5 TON 1(713A AW ASDE I SECTIONS 12 AND 3. ALLOKABLE 5TRE56 r1516K 51 MVt '7ANTA1. FO F (N _ 2,1-3 rins = 1.93, 1p = 15: op = 2.5, R R = 2.5j' RTIGAL FOB - D.21 KP 2. ENGREM OF RD FOR THE WLIAN6 SHALL Pf? WIDE 5LFFORT STRJJGTLRE ZONED TO 5UPOORT MMT5 AID FEES 5--OWN, I INL�R REC IUD TO VERIrfi' Wf�" NL,,- --i-KNIT ADEaUATE T 1K A1J_ DIRECT . rrently enforce expiration dates. All pre -approvals are A P P R O V E D FbM "ulpmorrtAnetwege OPA-0676-D7 ph-W-01PLbffmw. a=&* "4*470 d regar Poo irati RMia*W 8x. V& QUM 16 SCE MrrFjrl Fowl NMRW (* W1 m rr} in Aw. drihol 5htrCuMUyr" 1 FAKNP flu,}a'.T-Meg nap eA" uam C U@ US Underwriters Laboratories Inc.` LISTED ,U%"C1 Ip Rtrx . 1!8# 49M June 21, 2001 FlexHead Industries Mr. Norm MacDonald 56 Lowland St. Holliston, MA 01746 Our Reference: File EX5269 Subject: FlexHead Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings Installed Onto Dry Wall Ceiling Grid Dear Mr. MacDonald: This letter is in regard to the subject. Base upon review of the FlexHead UL Listed flexible sprinkler hose fitting system, installation onto a dry wall ceiling grid is acceptable when the ceiling -mounted bracket is screwed to a rigid surface. Self -tapping screws are used to affix the FlexHead mounting bracket to the surface, using the four ports provided which are pre - drilled onto the mounting bracket. Very truly yours, EMIL W. MISICHKO (Ext. 42036) Engineering Group Leader Conformity Assessment Services Department 3011CNBK Emil W. Misichko@us.ul.com A not -for -profit organization dedicated to public safety and committed to quality service 17 National Fire Protertion Assodatiofl JhWTt IIId1Ph JUD, %.6111u i. ?r1h P! 1 -11+ +T I gTonrrr nI7•r70.JLW-i ram. a1 . •.711.1Vgk1 I vLrurdrrLw11 F ovcmher 15, ?0M Mr. t mumn MwDmald Presidc t flexldQiftd Industries% ltMc. 51'1 T.*wlcnd Sired Hoilistar� MA 1)1746 Finx, 50S-P3-60ZQ Dear Mr_ MacDonald, 'M15 Jegcr is in mspon$c to your email JEwd Wovcmher 13, 2OC6—w b &mnmd lWzdl flrxihlm r,prirMkl�r liase5, speeii'rr*ally FfccHftd_ Your qaes[ian ttlsles to the mccepLaNIfly arlisied t&1twic.gy which *m not specifikally oddress4d in previctis edifim o'fNFPA 13, incMing 1ho, 199R apd 2OW l imns. NFPA 13, 1990 Suction 1-2 and NFPA 13, 2002 Sactlon 1,6 pruvidc spacwfic roxt ihaL addrosaoe navo tpch,ralogy. It is tltic inLetir of 1Ike current and provious cdilicns -of NFPA 13 to allow Oio usQ or Iimcd tech nolagim whom t1wy are not sp=i(iW ly addremed in T-417PA 13_ The base requiremrrnr is LhA [frey be l>IM.1led IrL COMP110MU with oli of OW IEs1.11% requirelrrcrrrs aild nroilutaxtur ' hks1=11ans. Tbese sramemenls have tin provided by the lechnictd comm Him 10 -address the Very situation that you have des?uibecL In cmemc, where a new IechnoG�yy is dcvcIcpcd, tczmd and listcd u mcptaWc I5Praiutcmmtk fire sprinkler use iL tan be utiLized in =ordamt wish NFRA 13 Nvitb na oddilioLW requirements ollrer Ton tlhosc b the Iisting and rnnnuf turers' i nsirurdans. In summaTy it is the iniont of WA 13 la permit Lhe ase of lec>hnol,abim, Equipment and malerials Fret &pet]Ejcolly addmssed iin NFPA 13 where llwy are specifical Iy lisled ror Fire spr'ur ter two and where Lbey have been inscnlled in scordmier with the Iistin5 requirements and the manui=curars' instructions F'lCd a Ian rt+Qan: I114t lltis MSP111H does rim constimic a FormaI JnuTprcofoo as exp[ained in the Impw-tary Notio bctow_ L rESll�irt D , P_C_ Principal Pmtec6on En incur -NFPIA 13 51c i File_ NFPA 13 Important Nobea: This r wm%pcmdence is rwt a Formal lnrorprctmiarr isguod pursuanr to NFPA rtguLai ions. Any opj:nlo 1 eNprus�d i& Lite personal opiniom of lira akilhor. and doter Hot necessarily mpmsent the aff'4cial position of like NFPA or it9 Z'ielinirmi-ComnLlltces. to addition, lhia cmmpor►dance is no4har inLen , nOrshould be FCIrd upon, Lo provklc professional cumultaflon or services` 9BUILDINGS rr'r-- PaEmOFff nF of F3-Mnp 7M rn. y. lrrdyf".�& JbWT rA1Ad; L2oKybpeq F#hk Ca m rrM 5 %bon a r July 17, 2JO07 A4r. PE"I Nt MWDQIIiFltl RaxH,ead Indii!stnes 56'Lawfar'd stre!R-1 Holhmn, MA 017 op-pr fir- Miscalmld. an wa rRoM moo. F A 11remar IV=Il Rigand !E4s�pwnl AnaoarrvB NkPle: 012, SM-3262 ems: 1�12; 66r-390 F-Wil:4111" erdikidkidigearDVX Erielagod is a finaS cfi16al 5I9ned s-0"-ot MEAmccispiarAW atycdIrplOd► d, M1F-A 241.9�,�����, ugh icm ycw ma} u-,),-- es proof of your pmdi c!L In Now Yorir City. THU duorm ent, JCgjbthLV wish papa r laLeung and inslellulicn 1n nwr Wnca WIMPS Naw Yat, City Ordgdh I% .will enable the iwp ector to ke cAv I# al V1e product insialk!d is Npl. All-srapen ati and derAm5! ire of ammled mmliarlilk btiinpjob silo are regLlr d Note IBoewd -or moged Iri wcc rmlarlcm- wr h L!he kormali belr)w, Acepted r� LJNa Gilt d M-pw YQrk bep®rtmaml bf &Iildims MEA Al-H�F Vok, C-orrlpwy Name Qrwo G€ lurfad. [)4Lao+rad7 f, Taylor, AAA, LEEG AP Exacut�ve Direchur, Speraal Rrc4aula :Pnp NtEA nafely $'prviv. , iajEnOt} 19 r 7 Limited Warranty FlexHead Industries, Inc. warrants that its products will specifications, instructions or recommendations, be free from defects in materials and workmanship under including, without limitation, our normal conditions of use and service for a period of one year from date of sale. Our obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing any product that is returned to us with transportation charges prepaid within one year after the date of original sale and that our examination shows to our satisfaction to have been defective in materials or workmanship under normal conditions of use and service. The decision as to whether to repair or to replace any product shall be made by us, and any repair shall be made at our facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are specifically excluded from the coverage of this warranty: (a) the sprinkler head of any FlexHead Industries, Inc. product, but FlexHead Industries, Inc. hereby assigns to the original purchaser of any such product the right to enforce the warranty, if any, issued by the manufacturer of such sprinkler head; (b) defects resulting from ordinary wear and tear, including, without limitation, the replacement of the so called poly bag components of any FlexHead Industries, Inc. product; (c) products that have been altered in any manner by the buyer or by anyone other than FlexHead Industries, Inc.; (d) products that have been subjected to misuse, abusive use, or damage by accident or casualty; (e) products that have been installed or used in a manner contrary to our specifications, instructions or recommendations, (f) products that have been installed or used in a manner that is not in compliance with all applicable requirements of any code, law, regulation or rule of any federal, state or local governmental or industry authority; and (g) products that have not been inspected and maintained in accordance with our recommendations as to following the inspection and maintenance standards published by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA); and (h) products that have been affected by Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion (MIC). This warranty is not assignable and shall benefit only the original purchaser of a FlexHead Industries, Inc. product. If any provision hereof or any portion of any provision shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Limited Warranty shall not be affected thereby, and all provisions of this Limited Warranty shall remain valid and in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN OR ANY APPLICABLE LAW TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL FLEXHEAD INDUSTRIES, INC. BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR OPERATION OF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, ANY FLEXHEAD INDUSTRIES, INC. PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE. The risk of damages from any breach of warranty with respect to injury to any person will be born by the purchaser of FlexHead Industries, Inc. product. 20 Your security is our business. FlexHead Industries was founded in 1992 to help engineers, builders and owners increase the safety of their buildings. Our patented sprinkler connection technologies show that it's possible to comply with codes cost-effectively. We're proud to help reduce the risks of property damage and loss of life in a wide variety of buildings, domestically and world-wide. FlexHead manufactures sprinkler connections for all types of applications including: Commercial Exhaust ducts Government Aerospace • Hospitals • Automotive • Offices • Biotechnology • Restaurants • Electronics • Retail • Forest products/ • Schools paper pulp Cleanrooms • Laboratories • Biotechnology • Petrochemical • Electronics • Pharmaceuticals High -end commercial • Restaurants ceilings • Semiconductors • Pharmaceuticals • Steel manufacturers • Semiconductors Institutions . Concrete penetrations for sidewall and pendant applications • Correctional centers • Mental health facilities t Seismically qualified. FlexHead connections allow for independent movement between sub -mains and ceilings. They're the only flexible sprinkler connection to be qualified for use in Seismic Design Categories C,D,Eand F. FLEXHEADO INDUSTRIES FM C u@ DS The pioneers inflexible fire protection SYSTEM COMPATIBLE APPROVED LISTED ES-A-Deringer 30 Job Name Job Location Engineer — Approval — DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly Sizes: 2"** - 8" The DeringerTM 30 Double Check Detector Assembly (DCDA-ll) prevents non -health hazard pollutants from entering a potable water supply system when backpressure and/or backsiphonage conditions occur. Used primarily on fire sprinkler systems when monitoring of unauthorized water use is required. Features • Integral shutoff valves indoor/outdoor application • 100% stainless steel housing • Tamper -resistant test cocks • Patented Dual-actionTm check modules - Poppet action at low flow - Swing action at high flow • Lead Free* Bronze bypass components • CuFt or gallons bypass meter • DCDA-II single check bypass • Silicone elastomer check discs • Prewired supervisory switches • Flange adapters available • IPS grooved ends Specifications The Deringer 30 Double Check Detector Assembly shall utilize two independent Dual -action check modules and two integral resiliently seated shut-off valves all of which shall be contained within a single rigid valve housing constructed entirely of 304 stainless steel. Both integral shutoff valves shall include pre -wired supervisory tamper switches contained within a weatherproof actuator housing approved for both indoor and outdoor use. Dual -action check modules shall operate as a "poppet style" check under low flow conditions, operate as a "swing style" check under high flow conditions and utilize replaceable silicone elastomer sealing discs. Assembly test cocks shall be handle -less and operate via a tamper resistant actuator. Assembly shall have a single full access service port and cover with an "inline" replaceable elastomer seal. The bypass assembly shall include a meter registering either gallons or cubic feet, a single check valve and required test cocks. Assembly shall be serviceable without special tools and approved for both horizontal and vertical applications. Contractor Approval Contractor's P.O. No. Representative HORIZONTAL Approved for Fire Protection, Waterworks, Plumbing, and Irrigation Applications. Materials Valve Housing: 304 Stainless Steel Valve Cover: 304 Stainless Steel SOV Disks: EPDM/304SS SOV Shafts: 304 Stainless Steel Bypass Spring 302 Stainless Steel SOV Bearings: Teflon®fluoropolymer/Bronze Non -wetted Bolts: Grade 8 Zinc Plated Check Disks: Silicone (NSF) Wetted Fasteners: 18-8 Stainless Steel Bypass Components: Lead Free Bronze Check Springs: 17-7 Stainless Steel Check Pins: 17-7/18-8 Stainless Steel Check Seats: Noryl® Polymer (NSF) O-rings: Buna-N (NSF) Bypass Internals: ABS Polymer (NSF) Pressure — Temperature Temperature Range: 33°F -140°F Working Pressure: 10-175psi *The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. Teflon® is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company. Nory10 is a registered trademark of SABIC Global Technologies B.V. The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installa- tion and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are required to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are approximate and are provided for reference only. For precise measure- ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Technical Service. Ames Fire & Waterworks reserves the right to change or modify product design, construction, specifications, or materials without prior notice and without incurring any obligation to make such changes and modifications on Ames Fire & Waterworks products previously or subsequently sold. A WATTS Brand = Rated Flow A = UL Tested O = 15 fps Flow Performance (Ipm) 379 757 1136 1514 1893 2271 2650 3028 18 a 16 ,. 14 U) 12 J 10 8 6 cn 4 2 0 ONE • 1 0 400 800 1200 * Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website Standards AWWA C510-07 Compliant NSF/ANSI 372, UL CERTIFIED LEAD FREE Dimensions - Weights End Connections - IPS Groove for Steel Pipe: AWWA C606 - Flange Adapters: ANSI 1316.1 Class 125 G@ULL p,SSIFjO M APROVED s A55E U S C APPROVED 1015 A WATTS Brand ES-A-Deringer 30 1951 �I 124 110 96 83 69 55 41 28 14 (kPa) 500 600 700 800 Rate of Flow (gpm) 6056 7571 9085 Size Model 2 (2Y2)** 30 1 7.1 180 2.9 74 22.3 566 0.0 0 10.0 254 1 11.0 279 52 24 2'/2 30 7.1 180 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.0 254 11.0 279 47 21 3 30 7.4 188 2.9 74 18.7 475 0.0 0 10.3 262 11.0 279 49 22 4 30 7.9 201 3.1 79 18.7 475 0.2 5 11.0 279 11.0 279 51 23 6 30 10.1 257 4.5 114 25 726 1.0 25 14.6 370 16.9 429 99 45 8 30 10.4 264 5.4 137 31.0 787 1.8 46 15.8 401 13.8 351 150 68 **2" size utilizes a 2 1/2" assembly with 2 1/2" groove to 2" female NPT adapter and couplings. Adapter and couplings ship unassembled. USA: Backflow T: (978) 689-6066 • F: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves T: (713) 943-0688 • F: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: T: (905) 332-4090 • F: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: T: (52) 55-4122-0138 • AmesFireWater.com 0 2020 Watts tqC00 Model RM-1 Riser Manifold Commercial and Residential General Description The TYCO commercial and residential Model RM-1 Riser Manifold provide the necessary waterflow alarm, pres- sure gauge, alarm test orifice, drain, and sight glass equipment in a single assembly for use in NFPA 13 com- mercial sprinkler systems and in NFPA 13D/13R residential sprinkler systems as follows: NFPA 13* • 1-1/2 in. (DN40) Male Thread x Female Thread • 2 in.-6 in. (DN50-DN150) Groove x Groove NFPA 13D • 1 in. (DN25) Female Thread x Female Thread NFPA 13R • 1-1/2 in. (DN40) Male Thread x Female Thread • 2 in. (DN50) Groove x Groove Although the Riser Manifold described in this techni- cal data sheet is intended for NFPA 13 sprinkler sys- tems, it may be used for NFPA 13D or 13R residential sprinkler systems, where a test orifice of 2.8K or 4.2K is acceptable. The variety of sizes and grooved end connections allow cost effective and easy transition to check valves, control valves, and system piping. The Model RM-1 Riser Manifolds may be installed either horizontally (flow switch on top) or vertically (flow going up) orientation, for both single sprinkler rises and floor control in high-rises. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Optional Pressure Relief Kits feature a 175 psi pressure relief valve and trim components for convenient integration into commercial and residential riser manifold assemblies. The pressure relief valve, installed in manifold assemblies above the nor- mally closed test and drain or drain valve, automatically bleeds system pressure exceeding 175 psi through a flexible hose connected to the mani- fold drain outlet (Ref. Figure 5), reduc- ing system pressure to 175 psi. NOTICE The Model RM-1 Riser Manifolds described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applica- ble standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Technical Data Approvals UL and ULC Listed FM Approved Listed by California State Fire Marshall Maximum Working Pressure 300 psi (20,7 bar) Test Orifice 1 in.-3 in. (DN25-DN80) Manifolds: 2.8K 4in.-6 in. (DN100-DN150) Manifolds: 4.2K Finish Red Painted Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts Page 1 of 8 AUGUST 2018 TFP963 TFP963 Page 2 of 8 Nominal Nominal End Nominal Dimensions Drain Riser Connections Inches Size Size (mm) Inches Inches (DN) (DN) Inlet Outlet A B C D E F G H 1-1/2 Thread Thread 10 15-1/2 2-1/4 5-5/8 8-3/8 15 4-3/8 1-1/4 (40) MNPT FNPT (254) (394) (57) (143) (213) (381) (111) (32) 2 Groove Groove 13 18 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 (50) (330) (457) (53) (143) (213) (388) (111) (32) 2-1/2 Groove Groove 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-5/8 8-3/8 15-1/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 (65) (330) (460) 1 (53) (143) 1 (213) (388) 1 (111) (32) 3 Groove Groove 13 18-1/16 2-1/16 5-7/8 8-5/8 15-3/4 4-3/8 1-1/4 (80) (330) (460) (53) (150) (219) (400) (111) (32) 4 Groove Groove 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 6-3/4 10-3/4 18-3/8 5-3/16 2 (100) (330) (514) (108) (172) (273) (467) (132) (50) 6 Groove Groove 13 20-1/4 4-1/4 7-3/4 11-3/4 21 6-3/4 2 (150) (330) (514) (108) (197) (300) (533) (172) (50) FIGURE 1 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLDS 1-1/2-6INCH (DN40—DN150) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 2 Test and Drain Valve, Model TD-1: 1-1/2-3 Inch (DN40-DN80) Size Manifolds, 1-1/4", 2.81K Orifice..... A61 G0420 4-6 Inch (DN100-DN150) Size Manifolds, 2", 4.2K Orifice........ A61 G0601 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M: 1-1/2"(DN40)......... 91144815 2"(DN50)............ 91144802 2-1/2"(DN65)......... 91144825 3"(DN80)............ 91144803 4"(DN100)........... 91144804 6" (DN150) ...........91144806 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch ......... 91144800 TFP963 Page 3 of 8 3-7/8" (100 mm) OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM 1" NPT CONNECTION (FEMALE) 2FF10" (254 mm) �� 1 2-1/2" NPT ll (64 mm) DRAIN 1 1V 0 (280 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge. .90050001 2 Ball Valve, 1" (DN25)....97111603 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 1"(DN25)............ 91144801 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch ......... 91144800 3-3/4" —X (96 mm) 1 " NPT 3, 4 4-5/8" (FEMALE) (118 mm) 10-1 /8" (257 mm) FIGURE 2 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1 INCH (DN25) OPTIONAL PRESSURE 1 RELIEFTRIM 1 NPT CONNECTION N (FEMALE) 10" (254 mm) 2 7/16" (11 mm) 13-1/4" (337 mm) i 3-7/8" 3-7/8" 3, 4 (100 mm) 1 (100 mm) 1-1/2" NPT NPT 4-3/4" (MALE) DRAIN (121 mm)~ 11-3/8" (290 mm) FIGURE 3 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 1-112 INCH (DN40) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge. . 90050001 2 Ball Valve, 1" (DN25).... 97111603 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 1-1/2"(DN40)......... 91144815 4 Field Replaceable Retard/Switch ......... 91144800 TFP963 Page 4 of 8 1 2'' (GROOVED) OPTIONAL PRESSURE O RELIEF TRIM CONNECTION T r 16' 0 (406 mm) NO DESCRIPTION P/N 13" / 1 300 psi/2000 kPa (330 mm) Water Pressure Gauge .. 90050001 2 Ball Valve, 1" (DN25)....97111603 3 Flow Switch, VSR-M, 2"(DN50)............ 91144802 2 4 Field Replaceable C Retard/Switch......... 91144800 1/2" (13 Imm) I 3-7/8" 4-1/8"' 3,4 (100 mm) V. (105 mm) 2" NPT 5" (GROOVED) DRAIN ~(127 mm)~ 11-7/8" _ (300 mm) FIGURE 4 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD 2 INCH (DN50) Manifold Installation TYCO Model RM-1 Riser Manifold must be installed in accordance with this section. The Model RM-1 Riser Manifold may be installed either horizontally (flow switch on top) or vertically (flow going up). The inlet of the Riser Manifold may be con- nected directly to a shut-off control valve. Notes: Where applicable pipe thread sealant is to be applied sparingly. Use of a non -hardening pipe thread sealant is recommended. Never remove any piping component nor correct or modify any piping defi- ciencies without first depressurizing and draining the system. Provisions for an alarm test flow on Residential Models must be made. The alarm test flow is to be through an orifice having a flow capacity equal to or smaller than the smallest orifice sprinkler in the system. One of two options can be considered. The first option is to temporarily install a test orifice in the outlet of the drain line prior to performing the alarm test. The second option is to install an Inspec- tor's Test Connection downstream of the Waterflow Alarm Switch. Step 1. Install the manifold body with the flow arrow pointing in the down- stream position using threaded con- nections and/or listed mechanical grooved connections, as applicable. Step 2. Connect the drain line and on commercial manifolds set the Model TD-1 Test and Drain Valve to the OFF position or on residential manifolds close the drain valve. Step 3. Refer to Figure 6 for wiring guidance. All wiring must be performed in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and/or the National Electri- cal Code. Step 4. Refer to Figure 5 for Optional Pressure Relief Trim installation. Step 5. Place the system in service by filling the system with water. When filling the system, partially open the control valve to slowly fill the system. Filling the system slowly will help avoid damaging the waterflow alarm switch. After the system is fully pressurized, completely open the control valve. Step 6. Secure all supply valves open. TFP963 Page 5 of 8 Commercial Riser Manifolds NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 175 psi, 1/2" NPT.......... 1001184-01 2 112" x Close Nipple ........ 1001023-01 3 Flexible Hose: 1-1/2-3 Inch (DN40-DN80) Size Manifolds, 1/2" x 24.................. 1001266-02 4-6 Inch (DN100-DN150) Size Manifolds, 1/2"x 30..................1001266-01 4 Figure 323 Reducing Tee, Grooved x NPT Threaded: 1-1/2-3 Inch (DN40-DN80) Size Manifolds, 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" x 1/2 3231305GS 4-6 Inch (DN100-DN150) Size Manifolds, 2" x 2" x 112............... 3232005GS 5 Figure 577 Rigid Grooved Coupling: 1-1/2-3 Inch (DN40-DN80) Size Manifolds, 1-1/4 ..................... 57713AGCP 4-6 Inch (DN100-DN150) Size Manifolds, 2" ...................... 57720AGCP MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLD Residential Riser Manifolds NO DESCRIPTION P/N 1 Pressure Relief Valve, 175 psi, 1/2" NPT.......... 1001184-01 2 1/2" x Close Nipple, Qty 2 ... 1001023-01 3 Flexible Hose, 1/2" x 16" .... 1001266-03 4 Figure 815 Threaded Reducing Tee, 1" x 1" x 1/2" NPT ......... 1001259-07 5 1" x Close Nipple .......... 1001025-01 MODEL RM-1 RESIDENTIAL FIGURE 5 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLDS OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF TRIM INSTALLATION Optional Pressure Relief Trim Installation Model RM-1 commercial and resi- dential riser manifold assemblies are designed to accommodate an optional pressure relief valve and trim compo- nents (Ref. Figure 5). Optional pressure relief trim must be installed in accordance with the follow- ing procedures. Notes: For assembly in Riser Manifolds installed and in service, verify the fire protection system is de -pressurized and drained. Close the system supply control valve, set commercial manifold test and drain valve to DRAIN or open residential drain valve to relieve resid- ual pressure and drain system. Make certain that drainage water will not cause any damage or injury. Refer to Care and Maintenance section for other requirements when closing a fire protection system control valve and placing system in service. Apply thread sealant or TEFLON tape on all threaded connections, with the exception of internally sealed flexible hose connections. Commercial Manifolds Refer to Figure 1 for commercial riser manifold features and Figure 5 for pres- sure relief trim components described in this procedure. Step 1. Remove 1/2 in. pipe plug from manifold tee. Inspect exposed female tee threads, remove thread sealant remnants or debris as necessary. Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve (1) in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet port perpendicular to and facing away from manifold body. Step 3. Install 1/2 in. x Close Nipple (2) in pressure relief valve outlet port. Step 4. Disconnect drain piping from grooved outlet of manifold TD-1 test and drain valve as applicable and install Figure 323 Grooved Reducing Tee (4) on valve outlet by securing with Fig- ure 577 Grooved Coupling (5), align- ing tee threaded branch outlet parallel with pressure relief valve outlet port. Reconnect drain piping to Figure 323 tee drain outlet as necessary. Note: Refer to Technical Data Sheet G901 for Figure 577 Grooved Coupling installation and assembly instructions. Step 5. Install Flexible Hose (3) by threading female ends onto 1/2 in. x close nipple installed on relief valve outlet port and onto Figure 323 reduc- ing tee branch outlet. Note: Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- ceptible to being caught or snagged by other moving equipment. Residential Manifolds Refer to Figures 2, 3 or 4 for residen- tial riser manifold features and Figure 5 for pressure relief trim components described in this procedure. Step 1. Remove 1/2 in. pipe plug from manifold tee. Inspect exposed female tee threads, remove thread sealant remnants or debris as necessary. Step 2. Install Pressure Relief Valve (1) in manifold tee, orienting valve outlet port perpendicular to and facing away from manifold body. Step 3. Disconnect drain piping from threaded outlet of manifold drain valve as applicable and install 1 in. x Close Nipple (5) in valve outlet. Step 4. Install Figure 815 Reducing Tee (4) onto 1 inch x close nipple, align- ing tee branch outlet parallel with pres- sure relief valve outlet port. Reconnect drain piping to Figure 815 tee drain out- let as necessary. Step 5. Install 1/2 in. x Close Nipples (2) in pressure relief valve outlet port and in Figure 815 reducing tee branch outlet. Step 6. Install Flexible Hose (3) by threading female ends onto 1/2 in. x close nipples installed on relief valve outlet port and Figure 815 reducing tee branch outlet. Note: Assure Flexible Hose is not sus- ceptible to being caught or snagged by other moving equipment. TFP963 Page 6 of 8 UNINSULATED LOOPED SECTION SINGLE CONDUCTOR CLAMPING \� PLATE \ TERMINAL IMPROPER CONNECTION METHOD WIRE NUT NEUTRAL WHITE �w U� SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING CAUTION: PLATE An uninsulated section of a TERMINAL single conductor is not permitted to be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed to serve as two separate connections, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from the terminal. LOCAL WIRE NUT AUDIBLENISUAL ANNUNCIATOR TOR WHITE / \ BLACK BLACK (LINE/HOT) C CONTACT RATINGS: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC J ISO Owz J O m Z O Z OQQ ( NO NC COM I i NC SEVERED STRIPPED ENDS SEPARATE CONDUCTORS INCOMING OUTGOING PROPER CONNECTION METHOD FIRE PANEL OR ADDRESSABLE MODULE NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use panel resistor rating for circuit supervision NOTE: For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" above. The Waterflow Alarm Switch has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. FIGURE 6 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL RISER MANIFOLD WIRING GUIDANCE TFP963 Page 7 of 8 DRAIN O 07 0 1O 00 O� 0ul Oo 00 00 5AAa LS� Nld11a OFF MARKING TEST MARKING DRAIN MARKING ON HANDLE ON HANDLE ON HANDLE POSITIONED POSITIONED POSITIONED O ON DETENT ON DETENT ON DETENT O ODEL TESTA Dt DRAIN VALVE O 4DRAIN o �" Oo ����SIGHT FLOW O O O O-- CONNECTION SET TEST DRAIN FRONT CONDITION CONDITION CONDITION VIEW FIGURE 7 MODEL RM-1 COMMERCIAL RISER MANIFOLD TD-1 TEST AND DRAIN VALVE OPERATION Care and Maintenance TYCO Riser Manifolds RM-1 must be serviced and maintained in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or main- tenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the effected fire protection system must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all person- nel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addi- tion to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Note: No attempt is to be made to repair any Riser Manifold component in the field. Only the pressure gauge, waterflow alarm switch, or relief valve can be replaced. If any other problems are encountered the entire riser mani- fold must be replaced. The alarm/flow test procedure will result in operation of the associated alarms. Consequently, notification must be given to the owner and the fire department, central station, or other signal station to which the alarms are connected, and notification must be given to the building occupants. The following inspection procedure must be performed as indicated, in addition to any specific requirements of the NFPA, and any impairment must be immediately corrected: Alarm/Flow Test Procedure Step 1. Place the Model TD-1 Test and Drain Valve in the TEST position (Ref. Figure 7). On residential assemblies without a test orifice, temporarily install a test orifice in the drain outlet and fully open the Drain Valve. Make certain that drainage water will not cause any damage or injury. Step 2. Verify operation of associated alarms. Step 3. Verify that the residual (i.e., flowing) pressure indicated by the pres- sure gauge is no less that originally recorded for the system when it was first installed. Step 4. Close the Drain Valve on the Residential models and the Test and Drain valve on commercial models. Step 5. Verify that the static (i.e., not flowing) pressure indicated by the pres- sure gauge is no less that originally recorded for the system when it was first installed. TFP963 Page 8of8 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indi- cate the full product name, including description and part number (P/N). Riser Manifolds Specify: Size (specify) Connection Type (specify inlet x outlet) Model RM-1 Riser Manifold, P/N (specify): Commercial 1-1/2 in. (DN40) MT x FT .............. 40551 2 in. (DN50) G x G ................... 40601 2-1/2 in. (DN65) G x G ................ 40611 3 in. (DN80) G x G ................... 40621 4 in. (DN100) G x G .................. 40651 6 in. (DN150) G x G................... 40661 Residential 1 in. (DN25) FT x FT .................. 40671 1-1/2 in. (DN40) MT x FT .............. 40571 2 in. (DN50) G x G ................... 40591 Optional 175 psi Pressure Relief Kit Specify: Pressure Relief Kit, Model RM-1 Riser Manifold, (specify Commer- cial or Residential application), (specify size range), P/N (specify): Commercial 1-1/2 in. — 3 in. (DN40—DN80) 40721 4in. —6 in. (DN100—DN150) 40731 Residential 1 in.-2 in. (DN25—DN50) .............. 40711 Replacement Parts Specify: Model RM-1 Riser Manifold (specify part description), P/N (specify from Figures 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 m 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON Is a registered tratlemark of DuPont Johnson 01,to Controls tqC00 Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valve Grooved End General Description The TYCO Models BFV-300 and BFV- 300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves are indicating type valves designed for use in fire protection systems where a visual indication of open or closed valve condition is required. They are used, for example, as system, sec- tional and pump water control valves. They have grooved inlet and outlet con- nections that are suitable for use with grooved end pipe couplings listed or approved for fire protection systems. For applications requiring supervi- sion of the open or closed state of the valve, the Gear Operators for the Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valves feature two sets of factory installed internal switches each having SPDT contacts (Ref. Figure 3). The super- visory switches transfer their electri- cal contacts when there is movement from the open or closed disc position during the first two revolutions of the handwheel. NOTICE The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Page 1 of 8 Technical Data Approvals UL and ULC Listed FM Approved CE Certified VdS Approved Russian Fire Certificate CNPP R1 Listed—APSAD Listed by California State Fire Marshall Refer to Tables A, B and C for applicability. All laboratory listings and approvals are for indoor and outdoor use. Sizes 2 in.-12 in. (DN50-DN300) UL/ULC/FM Maximum Working Pressure 2 in.-8 in. (DN50-DN200) ... 300 psi (20,7 bar) 10 in. -12 in. (DN250-DN300) .175 psi (12,1 bar) VdS Maximum Working Pressure 2 in.-8 in. (DN50-DN200).... 300 psi (20,7 bar) 10 in. (DN250) ............. 232 psi (16,0 bar) 12 in. (DN300)..............175 psi (12,1 bar) Maximum Working Temperature 212°F (100°C) in accordance with UL 1091 Materials of Construction Body ......................... Ductile Iron Body Coating ........... RILSAN PA11 Black Disc .......................... Ductile Iron Disc Seal...............EPDM Encapsulated Upper & Lower Stem.......... Stainless Steel Handwheel .................... Ductile Iron (BFV-300 red painted; BFV-300C black painted) Actuator, 2in. -6 in. (DN50-DN150): • IP 65, bronze traveling nut gearbox, ductile iron housing Actuator, 8in. -12 in. (DN200-DN300): • IP 65, brass segmented gearbox, ductile iron housing Silicone Free Model Availability Silicone free models are available. Contact TYCO sales for information. Tapping Bosses Two factory -plugged NPT threaded tapping bosses in the valve body are located on the up- and downstream sides of the disc for connection to valve trim. Tapping boss sizes: 2 in. -3 in. (DN50-DN80) ............3/8 NPT 4in. -12 in. (DN100-DN300) .........1/2 NPT Control Valve Seat Leakage Class IEC 60534-4 CLASS VI (Type C) Control Valve Seat Leakage according to ANSI/FCI 70-2-2006 (ASME B16.104) AUGUST 2018 Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts MODEL BFV-300 WITH OPEN SUPERVISORY SWITCHES MODEL BFV-300C WITH CLOSED SUPERVISORY SWITCHES U UDC .�s'A', L ,F �a<,� c a � p n CE ERE �A r �PNE MPp� sFav1� vdS FM CP APPROVED TFP1511 TFP1511 Page 2 of 8 Nominal Pipe Nominal Dimensions Valve Size OD Inches Weight Inches Inches (mm) Lbs. (DN) (mm) A B C D E IF H J (kg) 2 2.37 3.8 10.63 2.85 4.90 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 10.8 DN50 60,3 96,4 270 72,5 124,5 125 108,E 50,5 4,9 2-1/2 2.88 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.0 DN65 73,0 96,4 297,8 85 139,8 125 108,E 50,5 5,9 3 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.0 DN65 76,1 96,4 297,8 85 139,8 125 108,E 50,5 5,9 3 3.5 3.8 12.22 3.58 5.76 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.9 DN80 88,9 96,4 310,3 91 146,3 125 108,E 50,5 6,3 4 4.5 4.54 13.92 4.29 6.75 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 17.64 DN100 114,3 115,4 353,5 109 171,5 125 108,E 50,5 8,0 5.5 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 26.4 DN125 139,7 148 406,E 131 201,5 150 147 58,9 11,9 5 5.56 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 26.4 DN125 141,3 148 406,E 131 201,5 150 147 58,9 11,9 6.5 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 30,42 DN150 165,1 148 433,E 145 214,5 150 147 58,9 13,8 6 6.63 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 30,42 DN150 168,3 148 433,E 145 214,5 150 147 58,9 13,8 8 8.63 5.24 19.67 6.69 9.29 8.86 8.19 2.76 5.66 1.24 47.18 DN200 219,1 133 499,5 170 236 225 208 70 143,7 31,4 21,4 10 10.75 6.26 22.46 7.68 11.1 11.14 8.19 2.91 7.21 1.65 73.41 DN250 273 159 570,5 195 282 283 208 74 183,1 41,8 33,3 12 12.75 6.5 25.39 9.5 12.2 11.14 8.19 2.91 9.96 2.7 89.29 DN300 323,9 165 645 241,5 310 283 208 74 252,9 68,5 40,5 SEGMENTED HANDWHEEL GEAR OPERATOR 8 TO 12 INCH E INDICATOR (DN200 TO DN300) VALVE SIZES C D FLAG - (VALVE CLOSED) F TAPPING V0 0 BOSSES' O BOSSES G B THANDWHEEL —TAPPING INDICATOR BODY FLAG (VALVE TAPPING O o BOSSES ----- OPEN) n A o TAPPING (pn' BOSSES DISC J H TRAVELLING NUT TRAVELLING NUT ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR GEAR OPERATOR GEAR OPERATOR Viu'V� 2 TO 4 INCH 5 TO 6 INCH (DN50 TO DN100) (DN125 TO DN150) VALVE SIZES VALVE SIZES FIGURE 1 MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS FP1511 Page 3 of 8 No. Part Material Qty. 01 Body ASTM 1 A-536 02 Upper Stem AISI 410 1 03 Lower Stem AISI 410 1 04 Disc EPDM 1 05 O-Ring (P12) EPDM 4 06 Oiless B/R _ 4 MB1410 07 End Cap EPDM 1 2-1/2-4 Inch 08 Gear Box ASTM 1 A-536 Traveling Nut Bronze 1 2-6 Inch 09 Segment Gear C 3604BD 1 8-12 Inch 10 Bushing (2) FD-0205-45 1 11 Cover ASTM 1 A-619 12 Bushing Fe 1 13 Headless Wrench ASTM 1 Bolt M5 x 7L A-307 14 Stem Housing Fe 1 35 �4 28 37 33 30 32 38,39 31 No. Part Material Qty. 15 Spring Pin ASTM 1 A-228 16 Indicator ASTM 1 A-619 17 O-Ring NBR 1 18 Cover Gasket Paper 1 19 Spring Pin ASTM 1 05x1Tx25 A-228 20 O-Ring (P10) EPDM 1 21 Worm Shaft AISI 410 1 22 Bushing (1) FD-0205-45 1 23 Collar FD-0205-45 1 24 Spring Washer ASTM 4 A-167 25 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 M8 x 20L A-167 26 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 M8 x 25L A-167 27 Gasket Paper 1 28 Spring Pin ASTM 1 04x0.8tx25 A-228 29 Handwheel ASTM 1 A-536 28 30 37 No. Part Material Qty. 30 Bolt (Round) ASTM 3 A-167 31 Plate Washer ASTM 4 A-167 32 Switch Assembly — 1 33 T/R Bolt ASTM 2 A-307 34 Tapping Screw S10C 1 ST3.5 x 7.5 35 Tooth Washer 44 S10C 1 36 Lever ASTM 1 A-619 37 Connector — 1 38 Sticker — 1 39 Sticker — 1 40 Spring Pin ASTM 1 03x0.6Tx25 A-228 Headless Plug 3/8 NPT 2-3 Inch 41 ASTM 2 A-307 Headless Plug 1/2 NPT 4-12 Inch 33 35 34 36 38,39 31 30 30 19, 19, 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 16 16------- 11 15 11 / 15 -_— - 21 10 21 10 13 13 22 09 22 - 09 27 27-- 23 08 23 08 25 25 24 05 24 05 26 26 25 02 25 02 01 41 01 41 04 03 04 -- 03 6----- 06,----- - 07 06 07 BFV-300 Normally Open Valve BFV-300C Normally Closed Valve Supervisory Switch Arrangement Supervisory Switch Arrangement FIGURE 2 MODEL BFV-3001BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSEMBLY TFP1511 Page 4of8 11 11 .11 111 111 III .III 1111 1111 1 IIIII■■■■ IIIII■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■� ��■�,■■■■■■ ■■■►I ■■■■■■ ��■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIII IIIIII IIIII ■■ ■� �■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ��■■■■■■III■■■■ II■■■■■■II■I ■■■■I �■■■■ ■■■■■IIIII IIIII IIIII IIIII I IIIII■■■■■■■■■■�■■■■■■�■■■■■■■■■����IIIIIII■►�■■■■■�►�■■■■■■�■■■■■■r�■■■■����IIIIIII IIIII ■■ / / ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■►�■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■III IIIII IIIII �■ ■■ ■■ ■► ■■■■■■►�■■■ ■■■� ■ ■■■■■IIIII IIIII I IIIII■■■■■■■1■��■■■■■■1■■■■■■■I,i11111111111/I■■■■■��■■■■■I■■■■■■■I■■■■■11111111111 ■■■■■.... ■■■■■.... ■■■■■.... � I�.....■■■■M...■,...■■■■■■■r,■■■■...I,■■■■M..�....■■WW.....■■■■■■■■■■■■■ IIM.....■■■ ,�......■■■�.......■■■■■■■■.■■■....■■■■�........■■ter......■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ��M....■■■■ ■■■■■ ■II ■■....II ■ ■■ .,■.■■■■ �■.....■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■ ■ iiiiiiii ■iiiiiiiii��iiiiiiiiiiiiiioiiiiiiiuiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ■■■■■■■ ■■■11■■ IIIII■■ ►I■m.■■■■■■■■.■■i■■■■■■■■■I■■■■■1■■II■■■■■.��■■■■■■■r�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 ■ •■m.■■■■■■■■ ►I■■��■■■■■■■■ II■■■■■■■■■I■■■■11■■I■■■■■�Ii■■■■■■■I,�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■11 �■■■■■■■■I/IIIIIII■I■■■IIIII■■■■■■■AIM■■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIII ■ ■ I IIIII■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ I■■■■■■■II,IIIIIIII■►I■■■■■■■I■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIII '■ • IIIII■ IIIII I■II■■■■■■■■■ J■II■■■■■■■■ � /■■■■ I■■■■■III/IIIIIIIII,■■■■■■III■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIIII ■■I/IIIIIIIIIII■■■■■■III■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIII / 1 IIIII■ I■■11■■■■■■■ II■■■ 11111111111�■■■■■1�■■■■■■I■■1■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIIll • ' ' • IIIII■■II■■■11■■■■■■■ IIIII■��■1111■■■■■■ /■■■ ►I■■■ •` 1111 JII . 111,1■■■■■■11■■■■■��■■1■■■■■■■■■11111111111 1�11■■■■II/1■■■■■I■111■■■■■■11111111111111 : �■ ` ■■■11■7■■■II ■■■�.■■■ III.■ ■■■ I,■II■ ■'I■■�.■■II■■■■■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■9Imw IIII ■ 1111i�iii1111iiiM 1111,1,■■■■■■■I■■■■ r■I■■ liME �M ►I■■ . �iiiiii GIIIIII iiiiii ■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■III/IIIIIIII, ,■III ' 1/111■■�������������������■I�� IIIIIII � I���■ ������������������I�IIII/III I � � ' � ' IIIII■■■■■111■■■■■I■■11■■■I■■ /IIIII I■■■I ►I■■■■■■■I■■■■■■■■I/IIIII�1111 � � � • I �1�11������11���������1����������11111 � ���I '� ������������������11111�11111 I I • • 1 • iiiiiiiiiiiii�ii nm■■■■■■■■�..�■■■■■■M►A■■■■■�I■■nnun►u■■ i iiiiiiiiiiiii 11 mm IiiiiiiiiEEM yin.■■■■■■■■M■■ • iiiiii II ■Gn iiiiiil ..... ' I IIIII■■■■■III■■II■ IIIII ■■■■II■■■■■II■■IIIIIIII/,11■■■ I,■■■■■III■■I■■■■■IIII■■■■■I■IIIIIIIIIIII■■■ I�■■■■■■■■■■I■II■■■■■■■■■I■■■ , I I�IIIIIIII /III 111 1 1 • IIIII■■■■■■■I■II■■■■■■■II■■■■11■■■IIIIIIIIIII■■■■■11■I■■■■■■■■■■■ • , ►III 1� I . IIIII■■■■■■■1■II■■■■■■■I■■■■��■■■11111111111■■■■II■1■■■■■■■■■■■ I � ,III /l ■■■■■......■.,��.......■��WA=.....■■G■I■■■■■■..II.■■■■0......■ iiiii■■■■■iii■■■■■■ .. �... ■■■■. ■ii■■il■■■■■iiiiiiiiiiii■ii■■iii■■■■■■■■■i�.� IME ram■■ moll 1 1 1 ■■■■■...■■■■....■■■■...■■■■■■■■■■■■■■.Ii.■■■■■�.....■■■■�I� nm...■■Ion.■■■u■o■ .i■■■■■■■I■■ns ■■■■■■M.■■■■■■■■�r� I■■■■■■■ ■■ r�nnm I■III■■■■■II■■M.■■■.■■■■MII■■■■■■■I■■■■IIIIIII,■■■■■■■�.■■■■■■■■W'■■■II■■ IIIII■■■■(,■■■.■■II■■■■■III■■■■■■IJ■■■■(IIIIIII■■■■■■■�.■■■■■■■■II■■■I■■ IIW G■■■■■■II I■■111111 I IIIII■■■■/IIII��■■�I■■■II��■■■■■■(IIIIIIIIIII,■■■■III��■■■■■■■III■■II■■■ IIIII■■ ■� ■III ■■■I�■■■■■III ■■■■■■I/II IIIIIIIIIII■■ ■■■III ■■■■■■■■■I i■■II ■ ■■■II IIIIIIIIIII IIIII IIIII I .I :I II 11 �11 .11 :11 I11 III �111 .111 • I I I I I - 1• I I � YELLOW F------- i YELLOW S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON (WHITE) COMMON (WHITE) END OF LINE CONTROL PANEL RESISTOR SUPERVISORY RED RED OR CIRCUIT NEXT DEVICE MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C I GREEN GEAR OPERATOR OPERATOR CASE CONTACT RATINGS: - GROUND 16A 125V/250 VAC I I BLUE 5A 24VDC SWITCH S-1, 2 LEADS PER CONTACT SWITCH S-2, 1 LEAD PER CONTACT i S 2 i COMMON (BLACK) I I ORANGE VOLTAGE L _ _ _ _ _ J AUX. DEVICE SOURCE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (BELL OR HORN) FIGURE 3 MODEL BFV-300 BUTTERFLY VALVE OPEN POSITION - SUPERVISORY SWITCH OPEN POSITION MODEL BFV-300C BUTTERFLY VALVE CLOSED POSITION - SUPERVISORY SWITCH CLOSED POSITION INTERNAL SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM FP1511 Page 5 of 8 Nominal Pipe Part Number A enc Listing/Approval Valve Size Inches O.D. Inches Max. BFV-300 BFV-300C CA Fire Russian (bar) Supv. Switch Supv. Switch CE UL ULC FM VdS Marshall CNPP PAVUS Fire (DN) (mm) OPEN CLOSED Cert. 2 DN50 2.38 60,3 300 20,7 5930OG02OWS 5930OG02OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2-1/2 DN65 2.88 73,0 300 20,7 59300GO25WS 59300GO25WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 3 76,1 300 20,7 59300GO26WS 59300GO26WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 DN80 3,5 88,9 300 20,7 5930OG03OWS 5930OG03OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 4 DN100 4.5 114,3 300 20,7 5930OG04OWS 5930OG04OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 5.5 139,7 300 20,7 59300GO56WS 59300GO56WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 5930OG05OWS 5930OG05OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 6.5 165,1 300 20,7 59300GO66WS 59300GO66WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 5930OG06OWS 5930OG06OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 DN200 8.63 219,1 300 20,7 5930OG08OWS 5930OG08OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 10.75 175 5930OG10OWS 5930OG10OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN250 273 12,1 12 DN300 12.75 323,9 175 12,1 5930OG12OWS 5930OG12OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ TABLE A MODEL BFV-3001BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Nominal Pipe Part Number Agency Listing/Approval Valve Size O.D. Max. BFV-300 BFV-300C Inches Inches (bar) Supv. Switch Supv. Switch CE VdS CNPP (DN) (mm) OPEN CLOSED 2 DN50 2.38 60,3 300 20,7 59300GO20AWS 59300GO20AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 2-1/2 DN65 2.88 73,0 300 20,7 59300GO25AWS 59300GO25AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 3 76,1 300 20,759300G026AWS 59300GO26AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 DN80 3,5 88,9 300 20,7 59300GO30AWS 59300GO30AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 4 DN100 4.5 114,3 300 20,7 59300GO40AWS 59300GO40AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 5.5 139,7 300 20,7 59300GO56AWS 59300GO56AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 59300GO50AWS 59300GO50AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 6 165,120,7 300 59300GO66AWS 59300GO66AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 59300GO60AWS 59300GO60AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 DN200 8.63 219,1 300 20,7 59300GO80AWS 59300GO80AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 DN250 10.75 273 175 12,1 5930OG100AWS 5930OG100AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 12 DN300 12.75 323,9 175 12,1 5930OG120AWS 5930OG120AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ TABLE B MODEL BFV-3001BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH CNPP-APSAD LARGE 100 X 100 MM FLAG AND INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS TFP1511 Page 6 of 8 Nominal Pipe Max.. enc Listin /A roval CA Fire Russian Valve Size Inches O.D. Inches Part (bar) Number CE UL ULC FM VdS Marshall CNPP PAVUS Fire (DN) (mm) Cert. 2 2.38 300 5930OG02ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN50 60,3 20,7 2-1/2 2.88 300 59300GO25NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 73,0 20,7 DN65 3 76,1 300 20,7 59300GO26NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 DN80 3,5 88,9 300 20,7 5930OG03ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 4 DN100 4.5 114,3 300 20,7 5930OG04ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 5.5 139,7 300 20,7 59300GO56NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 5930OG05ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 6.5 165,1 300 20,7 59300GO66NS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 5930OG06ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 DN200 8.63 219,1 300 20,7 5930OG08ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 0 10.75 175 5930OG10ONS ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓250 273 12,12 L 12.75 1755930OG12ONS ✓ ✓ ✓✓300 323,9 12,1 TABLE C MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Notes: 1. Install a single switch in either bracket mounting position to monitor Open or Closed valve condition ® � ---� r- I I I O L- ® Bernstein Switch Wiring Diagram TABLE D MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ACCESSORY EXTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES AND MOUNTING BRACKETS PART NUMBER SELECTION Part Number Nominal Gear Bernstein Bernstein Valve Size Operator Mounting Bernstein i88-IP65 GC-SU1Z Inches Type Bracket with i88-IP65 LED Switch Ex IP-66/67 ATEX (DN) Mounting Bolts Regular Switch 24V (Ex 112G Ex dIIC T6 Gb) Switch 2-4 (DN50-DN100 Travelling Nut 59300SPBRACKETI0 59300SPSW 59300SPSWLED 59300SPSWATEX 5-6 DN125-DN200 59300SPBRACKET20 8 DN200 Segmented Gear 59300SPBRACKET25 10-12 DN250-DN300 59300SPBRACKET30 FP1511 Page 7 of 8 Installation The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves may be installed with flow in either direction and can be positioned either horizon- tally or vertically. The grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model BFV-300/BFV- 300C must be listed or approved for fire protection service and installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C But- terfly Valve may be installed with any schedule of pressure class of pipe or tubing that is listed or approved for fire protection. Conduit and electrical connections are to be made in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and/ or the National Electrical Code. With reference to Figure 3, the supervisory switch is intended for connection to the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm control panel in accordance with NFPA 72. The auxiliary switch is intended for the unsupervised connection to aux- iliary equipment in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. NOTE: For outdoor applications with internal supervisory switches, it is rec- ommended that wiring connections be made at a temperature above 15°F (-9°C), in order to insure sufficient flex- ibility of the wire lead insulation. Care and Maintenance Before closing a fire protection system control valve for maintenance or inspection work on either the valve or fire protection system which it con- trols, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this decision must be notified. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in accordance with the applicable stan- dards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTEC- TION ASSOCIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any author- ity having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manu- facturer with any questions. Any impair- ment must be immediately corrected. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified inspec- tion service. Nominal Valve Size Part Number Inches (DN) BFV-300, Red Painted BFV-300C, Black Painted 2-4 DN50-DN100 59300SPHWHEEL10 59300SPHWHEEL10B 5-8 DN125-DN200 59300SPHWHEEL20 59300SPHWHEEL20B 10-12 DN250-DN300 59300SPHWHEEL30 59300SPHWHEEL306 TABLE E BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE REPLACEMENT HANDWHEEL PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Butterfly Valves Model BFV-300 with Internal Open Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Inter- nal Open Supervisory Switches, P/N (specify per Table A) Model BFV-300C with Internal Closed Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV- 300C Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Internal Closed Supervisory Switches, P/N (specify per Table A) Model BFV-300 with Internal Open Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Internal Open Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved, P/N (specify per Table B) Model BFV-300C with Internal Closed Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300C Grooved End Butter- fly Valve, Internal Closed Supervi- sory Switches, APSAD Approved, P/N (specify per Table B) Model BFV-300 without Internal Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, P/N (specify per Table C) Accessories External Supervisory Switch and Mounting Bracket Note: Accessory external supervi- sory switches and mounting brackets are applicable only to valves without factory -installed internal supervisory switches. Refer to Table D for switch models and part numbers. Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve Exter- nal Switch Mounting Bracket, P/N (specify), with (specify quantity) Bern- stein External Switch (specify model), P/N (specify) Replacement Parts Note: Only items described in this section are offered as replacement parts. Handwheel Replacement handwheel includes pin. Refer to Table E for part numbers. Model BFV-300, Red Painted Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butter- fly Valve, P/N (specify) Model BFV-300C, Black Painted Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) Model BFV-300C Grooved End But- terfly Valve, P/N (specify) TFP1511 Page 8of8 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone A-215-362-0700 0201E Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson 400 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; Controls RILSAN is a registered trademark of Ark—, Inc. tqC00 Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves General Description The TYCO Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are compact and rugged swing -type units that allow water flow in one direction and prevent flow in the opposite direction. A resilient elastomer seal facing on the spring -loaded clapper ensures a leak - tight seal and non -sticking operation. The Model CV-1 F Check Valves are designed to minimize water hammer caused by flow reversal. The Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are furnished with grooved ends and can be installed using GRINNELL Grooved Couplings or GRINNELL Figure 71 Flange Adapt- ers. The Model CV-1 F Check Valves have been designed with a removable cover for ease of field maintenance. These valves can be installed horizon- tally (with cover in the upward position) or vertically with the flow in the upward direction (Ref. Figure 3). A check valve maintenance kit is avail- able to allow backflushing through a fire department connection without removing the Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve from the riser. Refer to technical data sheet TFP1555. Model CV-1 F is a re -designation for Central Figure 590F and GRINNELL Figure 590F Grooved End Swing Check Valves. NOTICE The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO- CIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. IMPORTANT Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Never remove any piping component nor correct or modify any piping defi- ciencies without first de -pressurizing and draining the system. Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury, property damage, and/or impaired device performance. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Technical Data Approvals Compliance with CE Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) and Standards of Engineering Practice • 2 in. to 12 in. (DN50 to DN300): UL and C-UL Listed, FM Approved, Bureau Veritas • 2-1/2 in. to 10 in. (DN65 to DN250): VdS Approved Certificate No. G4060018 Sizes 2 in. to 12 in. (DN50 to DN300) Maximum Working Pressure UL/FM - 300 psi (20,7 bar) VdS - 16 bar Valve Assembly Finish Red, non -lead paint Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts @C(@<&> APPROVED CPU vF9 VdS m®N For fire protection pressure rating, listing and approval information, contact your TYCO representative. Installation The Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are to be installed in accordance with this section: Step 1. The arrow cast on the body must point in the direction of the flow. Step 2. Valves installed vertically must be positioned with the flow in the upward direction. Step 3. Valves installed horizontally must be positioned with the cover facing up (Ref. Figure 3). Step 4. Grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves must be installed in accordance with manufac- turer's instructions. Note: Valves should be installed a rea- sonable distance downstream from pumps, elbows, expanders, reducers, or other similar devices to extend the valve life. Standard piping practices call for a minimum of five (5) times the pipe diameter for general use. Page 1 of 6 AUGUST 2018 TFP1550 TFP1550 Page 2 of 6 Nominal Dimensions Nominal Pipe Size Inch Cover Approx. (mm) Bolt Torque Weight Lbs. Valve Size Pipe O.D. Lbs.-ft. (kg) Inch Inch A B C D E F J (Nm) (DN) (mm) 2 2.37 6.75 1.96 1.96 2.57 3.25 4.75 1.62 18 9.0 (50) (60,3) (171,5) (49,8) (49,8) (65,3) (82,3) (120,7) (41,5) (25) (4,5) 2-1/2 2.88 8.00 5.38 2.63 3.09 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 10.0 (65) (73,0) (203,2) (136,7) (66,7) (78,5) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (4,5) 76,1 mm 3.00 8.00 5.38 2.63 3.09 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 10.0 (65) (76,1) (203,2) (136,7) (66,7) (78,5) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (4,5) 3 3.50 8.37 5.72 2.81 3.31 3.87 5.87 1.63 39 11.0 (80) (88,9) (212,6) (145,3) (71,4) (84,1) (98,3) (149,1) (41,7) (54) (5,0) 4 4.50 9.63 6.68 3.80 3.63 4.53 7.13 1.84 50 25.0 (100) (114,3) (244,6) (169,7) (96,5) (92,2) (115,4) (181,1) (46,7) (69) (11,3) 139,7 mm 5.50 10.50 7.40 4.46 4.13 4.90 7.50 1.75 39 29.0 (125) (139,7) (266,7) (188,0) (113,3) (104,9) (124,5) (190,5) (44,5) (54) (13,2) 5 5.56 10.50 7.40 4.46 4.13 4.90 7.50 1.75 39 29.0 (125) (141,3) (266,7) (188,0) (113,3) (104,9) (124,5) (190,5) (44,5) (54) (13,2) 165,1 mm 6.50 11.50 8.00 4.62 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.85 60 47.0 (150) (165,1) (292,1) (203,2) (117,3) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (47,0) (82) (21,3) 6 6.63 11.50 8.00 4.62 4.50 5.00 7.60 1.85 60 47.0 (150) (168,3) (292,1) (203,2) (117,3) (114,3) (127,0) (193,0) (47,0) (82) (21,3) 8 8.63 14.00 10.14 6.67 5.52 5.46 8.46 2.13 120 66.0 (200) (219,1) (355,6) (257,8) (169,4) (140,2) (138,7) (214,9) (54,1) (164) (29,9) 10 10.75 18.00 12.38 8.62 6.41 7.50 10.50 3.00 130 109.7 (250) (273,1) (457,2) (314,5) (218,9) (162,8) (190,5) (266,7) (76,2) (178) (49,4) 12 12.75 21.00 14.28 9.93 7.27 7.62 10.62 2.75 130 151.0 (300) (323,9) (533,4) (362,7) (252,2) (184,7) (193,5) (269,7) (69,9) (178) (68,0) B - A C O O.D. ♦ D I NPT J N E F - FIGURE 1 MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS Care and Maintenance The TYCO Model CV-1 F Grooved End Swing Check Valves must be main- tained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this decision. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni- toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (e.g., NFPA 25), in addi- tion to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Any impairments must be immediately corrected. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. TFP1550 Page 3 of 6 No. Part Material Qty. 1 Body Ductile Iron 1 2 Cover Ductile Iron 1 3 Cover Gasket Nitrile Rubber 1 4 Hex Cap Screw Steel, Zinc Plated AR Clapper, 2"-8" Stainless (DN50-200) Steel 5 Clapper, 10"-12" Ductile Iron 1 (DN250-300) 4,16 / 2 3 1 No. Part Material Qty. 6 Clapper Facing EPDM Grade "E.. 1 7 Spring Stainless 1 Steel 8 Hinge Shaft Stainless 1 Steel 9 Retaining Ring Stainless AR Steel 11 Retention Bolt Stainless Steel 1 13 Retaining Disc Stainless Steel 1 No. Part Material Qty. 14 Locknut Stainless 1 Steel 15 1/2 I NPT Cast Iron 2 16 Adhesive Thread AR Sealer 17 Nameplate Aluminum 1 18 Rivet Steel 2 19 Spacer Stainless 1 Steel 8 8 4rtfi" 18 17 9 5 2 7 9 2" - 8" 2 10" - 12" 7 5 (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) VIEW A 13 5 13 SEE jv) 1,16 DETAIL B 11 1 14,16 619 5 6 2"-8" 10" - 12" (DN50-DN200) (DN250 - DN300) DETAIL B FIGURE 2 MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES ASSEMBLY • -1 11 11 111 111 111 111 111 1111 11/1 1111 loss I --------..--II--II---..I........---II....----I-- ■■■...... ■�.■.'I■■■■IJ■■■.■■■1■■...... ■■F.MMEMlEssEVAMEMEM ......�■■■................■■...... ■.�. I ■■■...■■ ■■■■■.■■ •■..■■F.■■■■■■■■■.■..■■■■■=■..■■■■■..■■■...■■■.,■■■■■■■■.■...■■.■■M■�.■■ ru■ucuuun■../.■uu�■■■...■■u�■■■...■■■■.■■■■■■■.■...■■.■�■..■. 1 / �■■■■■■■ ■ cuonnm■■■■■■■■���■■■■nn�■■■■■■■o.o■■■n■■■■■r�o��,■■■ ■ I ■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■ ■■■ I■ •• I■ I■■■■I■I ■■■■ • I■■■■I-■■■■■►I■1■■■■■■■ II■■■■■ IIM■■■I,■■■■■■■■■■■II■■■■IIIIII11■■I■■■■■IIM■■■ ■■■■■■■I■,• 11■■■■■■■■■■111111111111■■■■■■■11.■■■■■■■�II�■■■■■■■ 1 / ■ •• ■ • ■MEMO / I■■■■1111 "■■■■■ d■■■■ -■ ■/1■■■1■■■■■■G■■■1111111111■■/1■■■■h■■■■■ ■ ■■■■ NONE I I /■■■111 I■■■111 • ell■■■■ /ell■■■ 11■ ♦III■ I■■ • �■■■■1■■■■■��■■11111111111■I,■■■■��■■■■■ I■■111■■■■■9■■111111111111■/I■■■1/1■■■■■ ' ■ • 1 NONE■■I r■r■.r■■Ii■ I ,��■ I■■■■11 II■■■■■■ lllll■■ II■■■■r■. .■■ . /■■■■11■■ .■■■■■■� • I■■1111111111111I■■■■911■■■■■ .■■■■■■■■■■■■■.■,...■.,■■■�■... .' :. � �■■■..■■■�■�■.I■■■■■■ �■■■I■■I•��.I■■■■■ I■I■■■I■ ■1M1■1■ ,■■■ I■■ �■■■■■■■� ■■■■■■ • ■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■ ■IL■■■FI■■■�M■■■ •�ii r1■■■.■■■■m■■■■ • iii�iiiiiiii�iiiiii•nuiiiiiii■ MM��■II■■■MII■■■■■■■■I,•■1111111 ,■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ iiii Iiiiiiiii • Iiiiiiiiii 1111 • I■■■■■MM■■■ �iiiiiiiii 1 / ' ■ ■MI■��■■■■■�■■■■■■■1/111111111■■II■■■ • ,■■■■■■■■ MENNEN �■■■■■■■■1 . III ♦ �■■■■■■■■■■ 1 1. Iolin •. 0omoll III ImmosilIoomon • 1 1' ' ' �MM110MMW1111111111111�/��1111:�����111..:�M111 • ,FA dM11111100001 mM ENNE 1 1 • M...■.■■■■...■.■■■■■■■■■■I■I.�I■■■■■.■■....■■■■►�■....■■■■■11■■ ...■■..■■■.....■■■■■■■■■I■■I,1■■■■■►I■■�...■■■■■.M.■■■■■ ,■■ III■■■■■■■■....■ II■■■■■■■■=■■■■ 1 1 MM■■I■■■■■MM■I■■■■■�•■.1111/11■■■■11■■■MM■■■■■I,■■MM■■■■■■■II■■I 91■■■■■■■■■MM■■■ I MM■�■■■■■■MM�i■■■■■■■■■■111/111■■■��■■■MM■■■■■II■■MM■■■■■■I�■■IIIIi1111■■■■■■■■MM■■■ Mai■■■■■■■M► 1 s • ■■■■■■■■■■■nnm■■■►i■■■■■■■■■■ru■■■■■■■■■r�■■■Innm■■■■■■■■■■■■■ I . ��■■■■■■■■�■■■■■■■■IIIII/IIIII■■�■■■■■■■■■■■�■■■■■■■■■DI■■11111111111■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ======'.....FleeeeeeE==-===================== ::eeeezeeeeeeE=====e2e===== so Is 1 111111111 III Ill Ills .111 sell Ill •• -•• TFP1550 Page 4 of 6 Valve Size Pipe O.D. Inch Inch Part Number (DN) (mm) 2 (50) 2.37 (60,3) 59-590-0-020 2-1/2 (65) 2.88 (73,0) 59-590-0-025 76,1 mm 3.00 59-590-0-076 (65) (76,1) 3 (80) 3.50 (88,9) 59-590-0-030 4 (100) 4.50 (114,3) 59-590-0-040 139,7 mm 5.50 59-590-0-139 (125) (139,7) 5 (125) 5.56 (141,3) 59-590-0-050 165,1 mm (150) 6.50 (165,1) 59-590-0-165 6 (150) 6.63 (168,3) 59-590-0-060 8 (200) 8.63 (219,1) 59-590-0-080 10 (250) 10.75 (273,1) 59-590-0-100 12 (300) 12.75 (323,9) 59-590-0-120 TABLE A MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES PART NUMBER SELECTION Valve Size Pipe O.D. Cover Gasket Part Number Clapper Facing Part Number Clapper Assembly Part Number Inch Inch Americas Only EMEA/APAC Americas Only EMEA/APAC Americas Only EMEA/APAC (DN) (mm) 2 (50) 2.37 (60,3) 595907020 97670501 59020EPDM 59020EPDM 97670201A 97670201 2-1/2 (65) 2.88 (73,0) 595907030 97561801 59025EPDME 59025EPDM 97562801A 97562065 76,1 mm (65) 3.00 (76,1) 595907030 97561801 59025EPDME 59025EPDM — 97562801 3 (80) 3.50 (88,9) 595907030 97561801 59030EPDME 59030EPDM 97562201A 97562201 (100) (44g) 595907040 97512001 59040EPDME 59040EPDM 97549001A 97549001 139,7 mm (125) 5.50 (139,7) 595907040 97512001 59050EPDME 59050EPDM — 97565501 5 (125) 5.56 (141,3) 595907040 97512001 59050EPDME 59050EPDM 97565501A 97562125 16 (1 (150)) 6.5,1 (165,1) 595907060 97521801 59060EPDME 59060EPDM — 97524101 6 (150) 6.63 (168,3) 595907060 97521801 59060EPDME 59060EPDM 97524101A 97562150 (200) (2.63 595907080 97547901 59080EPDME 59080EPDM 97592201A 97592201 10 (250) 10.75 (273,1) 595907100 97600001 59100EPDM 59100EPDM 97598001A 97598001 12 (300) 12.75 (323,9) 595907120 97600002 59120EPDM 59120EPDM 97647701A 97647701 TABLE B MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES REPLACEMENT VALVE PARTS PART NUMBER SELECTION TFP1550 Page 5 of 6 OUTLET j0 COVER _ pp U_ INLET VERTICAL ORIENTATION COVER FLOW O INLET O OUTLET HORIZONTAL ORIENTATION FIGURE 3 MODEL CV-1F GROOVED END SWING CHECK VALVES PROPER ORIENTATION Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Model CV-1F Check Valve Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve, size (specify), P/N (specify per Table A) Replacement Valve Parts Refer to Figure 2 to identify Parts. Cover Gasket Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve, Cover Gasket, size (specify), P/N (specify per Table B) Clapper Facing Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve, Clapper Seal Facing, EPDM Grade "E", size (specify), P/N (specify per Table B) Clapper Assembly Includes items 2, 3, 5-14, and 17-19. Specify: Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve, Clapper Assembly, size (specify), P/N (specify per Table B) TFP1550 Page 6 of 6 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone A-215-362-0700 m 2018 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Johnson I nson ORO NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION -d NFPA are regist... d tratlemarks of National Fire Protection Association Controls POTTER The Symbol of Protection (H-.-� (@ <�a> A * These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. BELLS PBA-AC & MBA -DC UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm) Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) Polarized Service Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -401 to 150°F (-401 to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.) Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal strip Finish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Notes: 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30' to 150°F (-341 to 661C). 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6 (150) 12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .12A 85 76 8 (200) 12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250) 12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6 (150) 24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8 (200) 24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250) 24VDC MBA-10-24 1750090 .06A 94 80 6 (150) 24VAC PBA246 1806024* .17A 91 78 8 (200) 24VAC PBA248 1808024* .17A 94 77 10 (250) 24VAC PBA2410 1810024* .17A 94 78 6 (150) 120VAC PBA1206 1806120* .05A 92 83 8 (200) 120VAC PBA1208 1808120* .05A 99 84 10 (250) 120VAC I PBA12010 1 1810120* .05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. AWARNING A16. In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO, • Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.coni PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-1 PAGE 1 OF 2 01/13 CP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection BELLS PBA-AC & MBA -DC Bells Dimensions Inches (mm) Wiring (rear view) Fig. 1 Fig. 3 A.C. BELLS 10" WHITE (IN) WHITE (OUT) 8" I FROM CONTROL (200) 6" i I PANEL OR (150) I PRECEDING BELL I I BLACK (R _ (IN)CBLACK IOj CAUTION: 211/16" WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. (68) DWG# 776-1 NOTES: 1. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2. END -OF -LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS. Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm) Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance 3388" - (86) 4 1/4" (108) DWG# 776-2 3 3/8" 5" (86) (127) DWGtt 7763 Installation 1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling. 2. Remove the gong. 3. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3). 4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down). 5. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong). 6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). AWARNING Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-1 PAGE 2 OF 2 01/13 CP, POTTER The Symbol of Protection Specifications subject to change without notice. Ordering Information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2" DN50 VSR-2 1144402 21/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2" VSR-3 1/2 1144435 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 5" VSR-5 1144405 6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 General Information The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thm 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering Information chart. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBApproved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) / VdS Approved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM) -UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL • Non -corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 AWARNIN • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. CAUTION I Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times. Enclosure The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95401146 - REV L PAGE 1 OF 4 3/09 CP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. Take care not to damage the non -corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. A CAUTION Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Fig. 1 DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR AN EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW Retard Adjustment The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at the minimum required to prevent false alarms CAUTION Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect O ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW (Flowing water activates device in one direction only.) 50mm ADAPTER ,gDppTgR 20mm t2mm MAX. DN50 ONLY USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DWG# 1146-IF Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Torque Schedule 10 (UL) Schedule 40 (UL) BS-1387 (LPC) DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25+.125/-.062 33.0 2.0 20 27 VSR-21/2 2.5 - 2.875 73.0 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - - VSR-21/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00±.125 50.8t2.0 VSR-31/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - - VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 - 5.563 141.3 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 168.3 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 1 8.625 1 219.1 1 0.148 3.76 0.322 8.18 0.248 1 6.3 0.177 1 4.5 NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L PAGE 2 OF 4 3/09 GP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection Fig. 2 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 3 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. =W VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal *, "pl �� DWG. {j 1146-6 AWATNING MMI uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped and the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The e must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the nection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device jerable risking severe property damage and loss of life. not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated ductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using nded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections LSUITABLE ®;o Notes: p p J,-] S " FOR BELL 1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact 00-0-1 is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. �— ON FIRE AN ZONE T3. For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" EOLR ON FIRE AN drawing and warning note (Fig. 4). ® 00 i; € DWG. 11d 12 Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 7 Mounting Dimensions 5-56 in Fig. 8 3.50 in 2.00 in (141.2 nun) GREEN GROUND t (89.0 mm) (50-8 MM) SCREWS O 2.34 in (59.4 mm) 1 PIPE DIA. U-BOLT NUT + 5.25 in (+ 133.4 nun) U-BOLT WASHER PIPE SADDLE q � Q PIPE DWG we-u O O PLASTIC PADDLE U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR ON 50 - DN 65 2-2.5 in O DWG 1146-15 NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in l+54.0 MMI FOR DN 80 - ON 200 3-8 in PRINTED IN USA MFG. 95401146 - REV L PAGE 3 OF 4 3/09 CP� POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble -free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 6). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 6) The Retard/Switch Assembly is field -replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re -install the (2) original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Fig. 6 DO NOT REMO'V (2) RETARD HOL SCREWS Removal of Waterflow Switch REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE BREAK OUTTHIN SECTION OF COVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY / (2) LOCATING PINS/ Li (2) LOCATP BOSSES IN ] DWG# 1146-10 • To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV L PAGE 4 OF 4 3/09 SAMMYS° FOR WOOD i ' #14 Black Nut Driver Part # 8113910 i . #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 Not less than 2" nominal width Not less than 3" nominal thickness (2-1/2") (depth or side of vertical member) D 1 SO • No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. Watch a video demonstration at www.itwbuildex.com 1/4" 8002957 GST 100 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 1/4" 8003957 GST 200 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/4" 8004957 GST 300 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8007957 GST 10 1/4 x 1" 210 (7/16" OSB) 300 25 125 670 (3/4" Ply) 3/8" 8008957 GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 1475 25 125 3/8" 8068925 GST 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 850 25 125 3/8" 8009925 GST 25-380 3/8 x 2-1/2" 2113 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8" 8010957 GST 30 114 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 1500 1475 25 125 3/8" 8069925 GST 30-SS 1/4 x 3" 2060 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8011925 GST 40 1/4 x 4" 2180 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8013925 GST 2 1/4 x 2" 1760 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8014925 GST 2.5-380 3/8 x 2-112" 2113 (Fir) 25 125 1/2" 8015925 GST 3 1/4 x 3" 2275 (Fir) 25 125 VW MEFTM ©5 SPECIAL NUT DRIVER SYSTEM: The nut drivers were designed with a unique spin-off feature which provides a fast and safe installation each time. When the face of the driver comes into contact with the material you are installing into, continue drilling until nut driver spins free. Installation is then complete. Warranty requires the use of the appropriate nut driver for installations. ,0 STAN TMIR N M5111 YINE HA on in Not less than 2" nominal width — . - 7/ (1-1/2") up to 3-1/2" pipe; not less than 3" (2-1/2") nominal width 4" & 5" pipe Floor Joist Minimum 2-1/2" from bottom for branch lines. Minimum 3" from bot- tom for main lines. Exception: This requirement shall not apply to 2" or 1 thicker nailing strips resting on top of steel beams. recomme ui uL 4� #14 SW Red Nut Driver Part # 8114910 * May require pre -drilling; consult joist manufacturer. i - #14 SH Orange Nut Driver Part # 8273910 No pre -drilling required. • Quick to install using the Sammy Nut Driver with an 18V cordless drill/driver. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. Wafch a video demonsfrefion at �� www.itwbuildex,com 114" 8019957 SWG 200 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8020957 SWG 10 1/4 x 1" 622 (Fir) 300 25 125 318" 8021957 SWG 20 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 1050 25 125 3/8" 8073925 SWG 20-SS 1/4 x 2" 1725 (Fir) 850 25 125 3/8"* 8022925 SWG 25-380 3/8 x 2-112" 2249 (Fir) 1500 25 125 3/8" 8023925 SWG 30 1/4 x 3" 1884 (Fir) 25 125 3/8" 8139957 SH-GST 20 1/4 x 2" 1257 (Fir) 3/8" 8141957 SH-GST 30 1/4 x 3" 1720 (Fir) 1903 Dim. Lumber 3/8"* 8269957 SH-GST/CST 20 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber 903 Dim. Lumber 1/2" 8303957 SH-GST/CST 2.0 5/16 x 1-3/4" 1406 @ 45°off vertical Dim. Lumber * May require pre -drilling; consult joist manufacturer. • Eliminates distortion of threaded rod. • Accommodates up to 3%" x 12 pitch roof. • Allows 17* deflection from vertical. • Saves time from traditional methods. • Reduces installation costs. • Made in the U.S.A. Fig. 78 - All Steel Ceiling Plate Size Range — 3/8" rod Material — Carbon Steel Features — Attachment to wood beams, ceilings, metal decks or walls. Can also be welded to steel beams. Approvals — Underwriters' Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Additionally, (UL) has listed the Fig. 78 with fasteners as shown in the table below. Finish — Plain Note — Available in Electro-Galvanized and HDG finish. Order By — Figure number, rod size and finish Patent #5,702,077 C==i C UL US LISTED UL Listed Fastener Table Pipe Size City Fastener Type Material 1/2-2 21/2 - 4 1/2-2 2 2 2 #14 x 11/4 A -point hex -washer -head sheet metal screw 1/4 x 11/2 wood screws" 1/4 x 1 tek screws Wood Wood Metal (18 gauge) 1/2-2 1/2-2 2 2 #14 x 11/4 A -point hex -washer -head sheet metal screw #14 x 2 A -point -hex -washer -head sheet metal screw Wood Wood thru 5/8" gyp board ' No pre -drilling Dimensions • Weights Pipe Size A Max. Rec. Approx. B C D E Load Lbs.* Wt./100 1 /2 - 2 5-6 3 21/8 1 1/8 5/16 3/8 Consult factory for data 150 15 Minimum safety factor of 5 OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX 951.737.0330 • i CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com 004 '000009/Z�Fg §Z0 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 615 SWIVEL Part #5; SIZE - ROD: 3/8" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 4" max. SIZE - ROD: 1/2" SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE: 8" max. MATERIAL - Carbon Steel. FINISH - Mil. Galvanized and E.G. LISTING/APPROVAL - §08 203-EX 2551 FUNCTION - Pivot component of an AFCON hanger. Used to provide angularity of the hanger assembly. To support horizontal piping. INSTALLATION - Per NFPA 13 and these instructions. FEATURES * Deep tapped rod bore. * Improved hanger adjustment. * More pivot clearance at T.B.C. - See detail A. ORDERING - Part #. Dimensions Size A B C D m k-" 3/8" 2.96 0.75 1.19 1.54 0.78 1 /2" 3.62 0.76 0.97 1.75 0.72 L% #100 10/14 Threaded Accessories B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig. 103) B3205L - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: 3/8"-16 thru 3"-4 rod Material: Steel Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399'Q Finish: Plain or Electro-GaIvan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish WTOLCO- TL Specify Length 'L' TL �\ A Thread Size Standard Design Load Thread Size Thread Length TL 650°F (343°C) 7501(399°C) Part No. A in. (MM) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) B3205-3/8 x 'L' 3/8"-16 21/2" (63.5) 730 (3.25) 572 (2.54) B3205-1/2 x T' 1/2'-13 21/2" (63.5) 1350 (6.00) 1057 (4.70) B3205-5/8 x 'L' 5/8"-11 21/2" (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) B3205-3/4 x 'L' 3/4"-10 3" (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) B3205-7/8 x 'L' 7/8"-9 31/2" (88.9) 4480 119.93) 3508 (15.60) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog ATR - All Threaded Rod -120" (3.05m) Lengths (TOLCO Fig. 100) Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: 3/8"-16 thru 11/2"-6 rod in 120" lengths or cut to length Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399'Q Finish: Plain or Electro-GaIvan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Part No. - Size x Length ATR Fig. 99 Threads Per Inch Recommended Load Lbs. (M) Approx. Wt./100 Ft. Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/4' x 120 99-1/4" x length 20 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) ATR 3/8" x 120 99-3/8" x length 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) ATR 1/2" x 120 99-1/2" x length 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) ATR 5/8" x 120 99-5/8" x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) ATR 3/4" x 120 99-3/4" x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.79) ATR 7/8" x 120 99-7/8' x length 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. --- -` by E.T•N Revised412812014 94 Fire Protection Solutions Pipe Clamps M a m 0 3 N Fig. 24 - Hanger for CPVC Plastic Pipe & IPS Steel Pipe** 713L= Double Fastener Strap Side Mounted (B-Line 63183) c D! us Size Range: 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (50mm) CPVC pipe uSTED Material: Pre -Galvanized Steel Function: Intended to perform as a hanger to support CPVC piping used in automatic fire sprinkler systems. Can be installed on the top or on the bottom c of a beam. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) to support fire sprinkler piping. May be installed in wood using fasteners supplied with product, or into minimum 20 gauge (0.912mm) steel using (2) 1/4" x 1" tek type screws. Meets and exceeds the requirements of NFPA 13, 13R and 13D. Features: Fig. 24 incorporates features which protect the pipe and ease installation. The flared edge design protects the CPVC pipe from — any rough surface. Easily attaches to the building structure using the two UL Listed hex head self threading screws* furnished with the product. It is recommended that rechargeable electric drills fitted with a hex socket attachment be used as installation tools. No impact tools (such as a hammer) are allowed. Damage has been known to O result from installations using impact type tools. No pre -drilling of a pilot hole in wood is required. B Finish: Pre -Galvanized B Order By: Figure number and pipe size a x * Hardened hex head self threading screw is furnished with the product and is the minimum fastener size acceptable. ** With reduced spacing, consult factory. CPVC Max. Hanger Fastener Hex Approx. Pipe Size A B C Spacing Head Size wt./100 Part No. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) Ft. W in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 24-3/4 3/4" (20) 25/16" (58.7) 15/32" (27.8) 13/16" (30.2) 51/2 (1.67) 5/16" (7.9) 9 (4.1) 24-1 1" (25) 25/8" (66.7) 15/16" (33.3) 13/16" (30.2) 6 (1.83) 5/16" (7.9) 9 (4.1) 24-11/4 11/4" (32) 3" (76.2) 11/2" (38.1) 13/16" (30.2) 61/2 (1.98) 5/16" (7.9) 11 (5.0) 24-11/2 11/2" (40) 31/4" (82.5) 15/8" (42.3) 13/16" (30.2) 7 (2.13) 5/16" (7.9) 12 (5.4) 24-2 2" (50) 311/16" (93.7) 127/32" (43.6) 13/16" (30.2) 8 (2.44) 5/16" (7.9) 15 (6.8) Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range: — One size fits 3/4" (20mm) thru 2" (40mm) pipe. Material: — Pre -Galvanized Steel Function: — Designed to be used in conjunction with Fig. 200 band hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficiently installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals: — Underwriters Laboratories Listed only when used with band hanger Fig. 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish: Pre -Galvanized Order By: Figure number and band hanger, size from 3/41, (20mm) thru 2" (40mm). Patent #5,344,108 C DL us LISTED 9--Li e by E:T•N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. 38 Fire Protection Solutions Pipe Hangers Fig. 200 - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger (B-Line Fig. B3170NF) Fig. 20OF - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) Fig. 200C - '"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (B-Line Fig. B317ONFC) Fig. 200S - '"Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non -Captured Nut Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre -Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: • (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non -captured nut order Fig. 200S. • (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)1. Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-1192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650OF (343°C) Finish: Pre -Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. Fig. 200C f' Fig. 200-1 to 200-2 Fig. 200F ToLco- c UL W LISTED FM � B y A i � Fig. 200-1/2. 200 3/4 Fig. 200-21/2 to 200-8 AIR Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) Rod Size in. A (mm) in. B (mm) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 200-1/2 1/2" (15) 3/8'-16 31/8" (79.4) 25/8" (66.7) 11 (5.0) 200-3/4 3/4" (20) 3/8"-16 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) 11 (5.0) 200-1 1" (25) 3/8"-16 33/8" (85.7) 25/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200-11/4 11/4" (32) 3/8"-16 33/4" (94.0) 27/8" (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-11/2 11/2" (40) 3/8"-16 37/8" (98.4) 27/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) 3/8"-16 41/2" (114.3) 3" (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200-21/2 21/2" (65) 3/8"-16 55/8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) 3/8"-16 57/8" (149.1) 4" (101.6) 29 (13.3) 200-31/2 31/2" (90) 3/8"-16 73/8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) 3/8"-16 73/8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"-13 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"-13 101/8" (257.2) 63/4" (171.4) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" (200) 1/2"-13 131/8" (333.4) 83/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) Fig. 200 a Fig. 200S All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 21 by IFa l -N Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8" to 3/4" Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" (5omm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi -functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (LIL) and Canada (WL). For FM Approval information refer to page 67. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 1000, 2002, 4A or approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Fig. 980 Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Fig. 4L Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Approx. Number Size A B D Load (cULus) Wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (nun) in. (mm) in. (nun) lbs. (kg) 980-3/8 3/8- (9.5) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 2015 (8.96) 149 (67.6) 980-1/2* 1/2- (12.7) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 2015 (8.96) 148 (67.1) 980-5/8 5/8- (15.9) 51/4- (133.3) 17/8", (47.6) 11/16- (17.5) 2015 (8.96) 147 (66.7) 980-3/4 3/4" (19.0) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/16- (20.5) 2015 (8.96) 146 (66.2) * Standard size rio= c@u s LISTED Longitudinal Brace Important! - For load information when using Fig. 980 with pre -installed or post -installed concrete anchors in ' compliance with NFPA 13 (2016) or ASCE 7-10, including prying factors, see load tables on pages AL1 thru AL21. Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. by E:T•N 66 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 4L - Longitudinal In -Line Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada WQ 21/2" (65mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 51. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the "braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) Longitudinal Brace Sat Rnit R Hardwares Indudnd Y Y ■ Mr C@ us LISTED Part No. Pipe Size in. (nun) A in. (mm) C in. Wrn) 0 in. (mm) Bolt Size Max. Rec. Load (cULuc) lbs. (M) Approx. Wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4L-21/2 21/2" (65) 67/16" (163.5) 21/2" (63.5) 23/4' (69.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 4L-3 3" (80) 7" (177.8) 23/4" (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) 41.-4 4" (100) 81/2" (215.9) 33/8" (85.7) 311/16" (93.7) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) 4L-5 5' (125) 93/4" (247.6) 37/8" (98.4) 43/8" (111.1) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) 4L-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 8" (200) 131/4" (336.5) 55/8" (142.8) 55/8" (142.9) 1/2"-13 2015 (8.96) 728 (330.2) Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. by E:T■N 50 Fire Protection Solutions Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: V (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre -engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (LIL) and Canada (WL). For FM Approval information refer to page 71. Finish: Plain or Electro-GaIvan ized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)), and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. ODTOL.C❑ c&us LISTED Pipe Size in. (mm) Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Design Load - Lbs. For Brace Pipe Size 1" / 11/4" Sch.7 Sch.10 Sch.40 1 / 11/4" 1" / 11/4" 1" / 11/4" 1" (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) / 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 11/4- (32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 1000 / 1000 11/2" (40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1000 / 1000 1500 / 1500 1500 / 1500 2" (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.8) 1000 / 1000 2015 / 2015 2015 / 2015 21/2" (65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 4" (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 1600/1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 6" (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 1600 / 1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 8" (200) 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) 1600/1600 2015 / 2765 2015 / 2765 B-Line by F:T•N All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Revised 51912014 70 Fire Protection Solutions